Loading...
REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP NO 1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL PROJECT - 16-0032-UTREVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL (PROJECT No. 16 -0032 -UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL. • BAY TO BEACH ISSUE FOR BID SUBMITTAL JULY -2017 City of Clearwater, Florida REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL (PROJECT No. 16 -0032 -UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Documents and plans for Project: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal - #16 -0032 -UT are available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work includes: Provide temporary piping and pumping to keep facility in operation during construction; furnish and install new variable frequency drives (VFDs) and associated electrical gear; furnish and install electrical conduit and wiring as shown or specified in the Contract documents; demolition and disposal of the existing blend tanks, piping, electrical, lighting, stairs, handrails and other associated materials shown on the drawings or as otherwise required; furnish and install new 1,800 rpm transfer pump motors; modify the existing transfer pumps as specified herein; furnish and install chemical feed piping, static mixer, valves and piping per Contract Drawings; provide instrumentation and controls, including conduit and signal wiring, as shown on the drawings; start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts; disinfection and bacteriological testing and perform site grading, sodding, cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. SECTION 1 Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 Pre -Bid Conference: Pre -qualification' A INE: insert Date] Cate�or3i{{Q Ar aunt) Bi s,DUE City of Clearwater, Project # [16 -0032 -UT] Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 8 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II i Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the DVC Marketing Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non- refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myc learwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION 111 i Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III —General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F. D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provisipn is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION 111 Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2/. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION 111— General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 1 discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated ' in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full ' responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish 1 satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly 1 stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and ' conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or ' materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. ' 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment ' proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include ' advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 1 6.11.2.6. Standards 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION IN Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22 height of .010 times the plot scale. height of .008 .5°, and a text SECTION III Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony@myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) b) c) d) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael.Pryor@myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III - General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION 111— General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION I11 Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION HI Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT _CONTRACTOR. COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING• OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 1 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 1 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 2 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105-4. EQUIPMENT 3 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 4 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 4 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 5 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 7 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 8 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 9 SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203-1. GENERAL 12 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 403-3. TESTING 25 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404-1. INTENT 26 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404-9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 405-7. LINER MIX 32 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 t t SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605-1. MATERIAL 57 605-2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702-1. BASE 60 702-2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902-1. IRRIGATION 74 902-2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 904. SEEDING 99 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905-1. SCOPE 99 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905-3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Project Number: 16 -0032 -UT Scope of Work: Provide temporary piping and pumping to keep facility in operation during construction; Furnish and install new variable frequency drives (VFDs) and associated electrical gear; Furnish and install electrical conduit and wiring as shown or specified in the Contract documents; Demolition and disposal of the existing blend tanks, piping, electrical, lighting, stairs, handrails and other associated materials shown on the drawings or as otherwise required; Provide and install new 1,800 rpm transfer pump motors; Modify the existing transfer pumps as specified herein; Furnish and install chemical feed piping, static mixer, valves and piping per Contract Drawings; Provide instrumentation and controls, including conduit and signal wiring, as shown on the drawings; Start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts; Disinfection and bacteriological testing and Perform site grading, sodding, cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. The Contractor shall provide 1 [Fixed/Portable] project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. Contract Period: 180 Consecutive Calendar Days 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. SECTION IV Page 1. of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time .the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty- eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made lo the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. ' 304. BACKFILL t 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar ' material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. ' Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches 1 (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or 1 ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or 1 lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 1 Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by 1 SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching materialor pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403-3. TESTING 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the Iiner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG I, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength ASTM C882 Modified Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 to Calcium Aluminate Cement 1,200 1,800 psi 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x1OA-10 cm/sec to 7.6x1OA-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless sprayiing equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 1 502. MATERIALS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the sarne O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements ofANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSUA.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AW WA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree, of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 ' SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 503. CONSTRUCTION 1 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING ' 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. ' 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 1 503-2. PIPE LAYING ' 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are ' encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION 1 Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ' ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe 1 SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Pager 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 Y2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (:2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703-1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch ('/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch (1/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV— Technical Specifications 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stem 5. Safe -T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (2'/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2.OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('/2"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner 's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth (1/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1' /2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each '/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 Ib. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS — SECTION III ARTICLE 3 — Add Item 3.9 — Interested bidders shall attend a mandatory Pre-bid Meeting, to be established by the CITY at the Reverse Osmosis WTP #1, to perform a walk-through in an effort to assist with properly bidding the work identified within these contract documents. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — SECTION IV ARTICLES 1-63 Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be superseded by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Add the following: Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1-1/2 hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates. For concrete joints: A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 1/4 IN. B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars where indicated. C. Weakened plane joints: 1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete. Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root. D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked. E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with polyurethane sealant. Finishing concrete: A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade so that consolidation and finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain uniform ridge full width. B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination. C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish. E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions. Curing concrete: A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions. Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during entire curing period. B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab, to subgrade. C. Curing compound: Spray on white -pigmented membrane forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT/GAL. Concrete surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is to be bonded. Cold and hot weather concreting: 1. Cold weather (comply with ACI -306). a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F. b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates, 150° F. c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days. d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete. e. Never use salt or other antifreeze. 2. Hot weather (comply with ACI -305). a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature cannot be maintained under 90° F. b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or water spray. c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS 9 Revise the 5th sentence to read, Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL 14 Replace the 3rd and 4th paragraphs with the following: Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test). Backfill for structures shall be in accordance with Division 02210 IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 38 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38 Add the following: See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 38.9 Add the following: No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00005 Certification Page 00005-1 - 3 01010 Summary of Work 01010-1 - 4 01040 Coordination with Owners Operations 01040-1 - 7 01045 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 - 6 01291 Schedule of Values 01291-1 - 3 01297 Progress Payment Procedures 01297-1 - 2 01300 Submittal Procedures 01300-1 -10 01301 Preconstruction Conference 01301-1 -3 01310 Project Coordination 01310-1 -1 01312 Progress Meetings 01312-1 - 2 01322 Progress Schedule 01322-1 - 6 01411 Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan 01411-1 - 5 01420 References 01420-1 - 9 01452 Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 01452-1 - 3 01510 Temporary Utilities 01510-1 - 5 01511 Temporary Electricity 01511-1 - 3 01522 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01522-1 - 2 01570 Temporary Controls 01570-1 -11 01630 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 - 5 01651 Transportation & Handing of Products 01651-1 -4 01661 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-1 - 5 01721 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-1 - 5 01724 Connections to Existing Facilities 01724-1 -1 01740 Cleaning 01740-1 - 3 01751 Starting & Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-1 - 5 01772 Closeout Requirements 01772-1 - 2 01781 Operations & Maintenance Data 01781-1 -8 01782 Record Documents 01782-1 - 5 01783 Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials 01783-1 - 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02050 Demolition 02050-1 - 5 02615 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-1 - 8 02616 Disinfection 02616-1 - 7 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 00330 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03030-1 - 27 03600 Grouting 03600-1 - 4 03930 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-1 - 10 DIVISION 4 THRU 8 NOT USED DIVISION 9 - PAINTING AND COATINGS 09900 Paintings & Coatings 09900-1 - 19 DIVISION 10 - NOT USED DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11206 Transfer Pump Modifications 11206-1 - 8 11901 Static Mixer 11901-1 - 5 DIVISION 12 THRU 14 NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15065 Plastic Pipe for Chemical Service 15065-1 - 4 15100 Valves & Appurtenances 15100-1 - 13 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-1 -12 16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-1 - 28 16150 Motors 16150-1 - 5 16260 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-1 -13 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 00005- CERTIFICATION PAGE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR PHILLIP LOCKE, P.E. PROJECT NAME: REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01040 Coordination with Owners Operations 01045 Cutting and Patching 01291 Schedule of Values 01297 Progress Payment Procedures 01300 Submittal Procedures 01301 Preconstruction Conference 01310 Project Coordination 01312 Progress Meetings 01322 Progress Schedule 01411 Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan 01420 References 01452 Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 01510 Temporary Utilities 01511 Temporary Electricity 01522 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01570 Temporary Controls 01630 Measurement and Payment 01651 Transportation & Handing of Products 01661 Storage and Protection of Products 01721 Protection of the Work and Property 01724 Connections to Existing Facilities 01740 Cleaning 01751 Starting & Placing Equipment in Operation 01772 Closeout Requirements 01781 Operations & Maintenance Data 01782 Record Documents 01783 Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Certification Page 00005-1 DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02050 02615 02616 Demolition Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Disinfection DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03030 03600 03930 Cast in Place Concrete Grouting Concrete Rehabilitation DIVISION 9 — PAINTING AND COATINGS 09900 Paintings & Coatings DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT 11206 Transfer Pump Modifications 11901 Static Mixer DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15065 Pla ;ctlI? p, Jor Chemical Service 15100 \0 \A /,pl%tgnances City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Certification Page 00005-2 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR AUBREY HAUDRICOURT, P.E. PROJECT NAME: REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16150 Motors 16260 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives \\\\�1111111/, `\\& P,ND• HAU0 UO/i P • .•v\GENSF • OG m •.1 Q • No.66861 • STATE OF ',/'<%• • • //'<%••. 'LORV .. c? "/,1/1/1111110\‘‘ ONA`\ 1fr Aubrey Haudricourt, P.E. Florida Professional Engineer No. 66861 McKim & Creed, Inc. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Certification Page 00005-4 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Table of Articles for this Section is: Article Title 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 Section Includes Location and Description of Work Other Construction Contracts Work By Others Work By CITY Assigned Procurement Contracts Sequence and Progress of Work CONTRACTOR's Use of Site Easements and Rights -of -Way Notices to CITY and Authorities of Properties Adjacent to the Work Salvage of Equipment and Materials 1.2 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY) at the Reverse Osmosis #1 WTP site, located at 1657 Palmetto Street, Clearwater, Florida 33755. B. The Work to be performed under these Contract Documents consists of the construction of the RO WTP#1 Blend Tank Removal Project, inclusive of all equipment, materials and work required for a complete, tested and fully operational system. C. A general description of the work is provided below solely to assist the Contractor in preparing his Bid and does not purport to include all of the equipment, materials and work required for the Contract. The description includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Provide temporary piping and pumping to keep facility in operation during construction. 2. Furnish and install new variable frequency drives (VFDs) and associated electrical gear. 3. Furnish and install electrical conduit and wiring as shown or specified in the Contract documents. 4. Demolition and disposal of the existing blend tanks, piping, electrical, lighting, stairs, handrails and other associated materials shown on the drawings or as otherwise required. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Summary of Work 01010-1 5. Provide and install new 1,800 rpm transfer pump motors. 6. Modify the existing transfer pumps as specified herein. 7. Furnish and install chemical feed piping, static mixer, valves and piping per Contract Drawings. 8. Provide instrumentation and controls, including conduit and signal wiring, as shown on the drawings. 9. Start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts. 10. Disinfection and bacteriological testing. 11. Perform site grading, sodding, cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. The list above is not, and does not purport to be, a complete listing of the labor, equipment and materials needed and is provided only as a general summary of work included. The work is further described within these Specifications or as shown on the Drawings. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Contracting Method: Work shall be constructed under one prime Contractor. Contractor shall, self -perform over 50% percent of the total labor work using their own workforce. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other contracts is briefly described as follows: 1. 16 -0031 -UT Water Treatment Fluoride Addition - WTP 1 and WTP 2. Project includes the installation of a new chemical storage tank, transfer pump, day tank, metering pumps and piping. 1.5 WORK BY CITY A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work: 1. Operate all existing pumps, valves, controls, equipment, and appurtenances that will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.6 ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph will be assigned to CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement. 1. None. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Summary of Work 01010-2 1.7 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK A. Requirements for sequencing and coordinating with CITY's operations, including maintenance of plant operations during construction, and requirements shutdowns, are in Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre-bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area. B. Move stored products that interfere with operations of CITY, other contractors, and others performing work for CITY. 1.9 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Easements and rights-of-way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public rights-of-way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits without permission from the owner of the property. 1.10 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE WORK A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect their property, facilities, or use of property. B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct access to property, or when utility service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit inconvenience caused thereby. C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior to cutting or closing streets or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground Facilities or exposed utilities. 1.11 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused in the Work shall be removed and disposed by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused in the Work, except where so specified or indicated. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Summary of Work 01010-3 C. Carefully remove in a manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY. Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work. Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures. D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's approval, instead of those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such removed items will become CITY's property of first right of refusal. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Summary of Work 01010-4 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION WITH OWNERS OPERATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes requirements for coordinating with CITY's operations during the Work, and includes requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work without impact on CITY's operations except as allowed in this Section. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals shown, specified and required to coordinate with CITY's operations during the Work. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Specification sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. 3. Section 02616, Disinfection. D. Except for shutdowns specified in this Section, perform the Work such that CITY's facility remains in continuous satisfactory operation during the Project. Schedule and conduct the Work such that the Work does not: impede CITY's production or processes, create potential hazards to operating equipment and personnel, reduce the quality of the facility's products or effluent, or cause odors or other nuisances. E. Work not specifically covered in this Section or in referenced Sections may, in general, be completed at any time during regular working hours in accordance with the CITY Bid Documents and Special Conditions, subject to the requirements in this Section. F. CONTRACTOR has the option of providing additional temporary facilities that can eliminate or mitigate a constraint without additional cost to CITY, provided such additional temporary facilities: do not present hazards to the public, personnel, structures, and equipment; that such additional temporary facilities do not adversely affect CITY's ability to comply with Laws and Regulations, permits, and operating requirements; that such temporary facilities do not generate or foster the generation of odors and other nuisances; and that requirements of the Contract Documents are fulfilled. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-1 G. Coordinate shutdowns with CITY. When possible, combine multiple tie-ins into a single shutdown to minimize impacts on CITY's operations and processes. H. Do not shut off or disconnect existing operating systems, unless accepted by CITY in writing. Operation of existing equipment will be by CITY unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Bypass Piping and Pumping: Furnish for review and approval by the ENGINEER and CITY a complete bypass pumping and piping plan including the following information, as a minimum: a. Proposed bypass pumps (main and standby). b. Proposed bypass piping layout plan. c. Detailed information that clearly and concisely illustrates how the system will operate and how the standby pump will be called into operation (if called to service). d. Connection details for temporary bypass piping and pumping. e. Proposed electrical connection details and information. 2. Substitute Sequence Submittal: When deviation from the suggested sequence is proposed, provide submittal explaining in detail the proposed sequence change and its effects, including evidence that CITY's operations will not be adversely affected by proposed change. List benefits of proposed sequence change, including benefits to Progress Schedule. Include schematics and or diagrams that clearly illustrate the planned sequence modifications. Any alternative sequence will be performed at no additional cost to the CITY. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shutdown Planning Submittal: a. For each shutdown, submit an inventory of labor and materials required to perform the shutdown and tie-in tasks, an estimate of time required to accomplish the complete shutdown including time for CITY to take down and start up existing equipment, systems, or conduits, and written description of steps required to complete the Work associated with the shutdown. b. Furnish submittal to CITY at least thirty days prior to proposed shutdown start date. Do not start shutdown until obtaining CITY's acceptance of shutdown planning submittal. 2. Shutdown Notification: After acceptance of shutdown planning submittal and prior to starting the shutdown, provide written notification to CITY of date and time each shutdown is to start. Provide notification at least 14 calendar days in advance of each shutdown. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-2 1.3 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS A. Specified in the Contract Documents are the sequence and shutdown durations, where applicable, for CITY'S equipment, systems, and conduits that are to be taken out of service temporarily for the Work. New equipment, materials, and systems may be used by CITY after the specified field quality controls and testing are successfully completed and the materials or equipment are Substantially Complete. B. The following constraints apply to coordination with CITY's operations: 1. Operational Access: CITY'S personnel shall have access to equipment and areas that remain in operation. 2. Temporary Partitions and Enclosures: CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary partitions and enclosures necessary to maintain dust -free, heated, and ventilated spaces in areas that are adjacent to the Work and that must be kept operational. Comply with Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Schedule and perform equipment and system start-ups for Tuesday through Thursday. Equipment and systems shall not be placed into operation on Monday, Friday, Saturday or Sunday without prior approval of CITY. 4. Dead End Valves or Pipe: Provide blind flanges, watertight bulkheads, or valve at temporary and permanent terminuses of pipes and conduits. Blind flanges and bulkheads shall be suitable for the service and braced and blocked, as required, or otherwise restrained as directed by CITY. Temporary valves shall be suitable for their associated service. Where valve is provided at permanent terminus of pipe or conduit, also provide on downstream side of valve a blind flange with drain/flushing connection. 5. CITY will assist CONTRACTOR in dewatering process tanks, basins, conduits, and other work areas to be dewatered for shutdowns. Maintain clean and dry work area by pumping and properly disposing of fluid that accumulates in work areas in a manner compliant with local and government rules and regulations. 6. Draining and Cleaning of Conduits, Tanks, and Basins: a. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall dewater process tanks, basins, conduits, and pipelines at beginning of each shutdown. Flush, wash down, and clean tanks, basins, pipelines, conduits, and other work areas. b. CONTRACTOR shall remove liquids and solids and dispose of them at appropriate location at the Site as directed by CITY. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, contents of pipes, tanks, basins, and conduits undergoing modifications shall be transferred to existing process tanks or conduits at the Site with capacity sufficient to accept such discharges, using hoses, piping, pumps, or other means provided by CONTRACTOR. Discharge of fluids across floors is not allowed. c. If drainage point is not available on the piping or conduit to be drained, provide a wet tap using tapping saddle and valve or other City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-3 method approved by ENGINEER. Uncontrolled spillage of contents of pipes or conduits is not allowed. d. Spillage shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention immediately, both verbally and in writing, and reported in accordance with Laws and Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall wash down spillage to floor drains or sumps and flush the system to prevent clogging and odors. If spillage is not suitable for discharge to the drainage system, such as chemical spills, as determined by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall remove spillage by other method, such as vactor truck, acceptable to ENGINEER. 7. Regular plant deliveries of chemicals/etc. shall not be postponed due to road closure. 1.4 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. Perform the Work in the specified sequence. Certain phases or stages of the Work may require working 24-hour days or work during hours outside of regular working hours. Work may be accelerated from a later stage to an earlier stage if CITY's operations are not adversely affected by proposed sequence change, with CITY's acceptance. Stages specified in this Article 1.4 are sequence - dependent. B. Specified Sequence of Work (refer to Sheet C-01 for conceptual layout of temporary bypass pumps and piping): 1. Mobilization. 2. Notify CITY at least two (2) weeks prior to shut down and coordinate as needed with CITY. 3. Temporarily shut down normal WTP operations. 4. Drain both blend tanks. 5. Install plug or bladder on 18" pipe (hydraulically connects existing blend tanks) at east blend tank to isolate east and west blend tanks. 6. Using existing 2'x2' hatch on top of the west blend tank; install temporary bypass pump suction line that shall extend within 12" of tank bottom. Install and disinfection primary and standby pumps. 7. Install and disinfect bypass piping system, complete, and route to connect to 90 degree bend located directly downstream of existing transfer pumps (refer to Drawings). 8. Resume operation of WTP using bypass pumping system. 9. Remove all four (4) existing transfer pumps and perform modifications at manufacturer's facility; store pumps at said facility until ready for installation at project site. 10. Demolish east blend tank and associated equipment as shown on the Drawings. Note that water from west tank will need to be isolated from plug/bladder previously installed in east tank. 11. Install new variable frequency drives (VFDs) and associated electrical gear, conduits and wiring. Note that VFDs will be programmed by others. 12. Install new equipment pads to be used for supporting new piping systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-4 13. Install new transfer pumps' common suction manifold piping. 14. Install remaining piping, fittings and valves, chemical piping and static mixer; while keeping flow from existing permeate and blend piping, chemical feed and monitoring instruments in operation in west blend tank. 15. Install remaining electrical equipment, conduit and wiring. 16. Install controls systems, new water quality panel enclosure, fluoride analyzer and pH probe. 17. Install modified transfer pumps and remaining equipment. 18. Notify City at least two (2) weeks prior to shut down and coordinate as needed with CITY. 19. Shutdown normal WTP operations. 20. Connect suction piping to existing 12" Permeate and 8" Blend piping. 21. Disinfect all piping, valves, pumps, etc. in contact with water. Flush and obtain satisfactory bacteriological testing results. 22. Place new transfer pumps and associated equipment into operation. 23. Resume normal operation of WTP. 24. Remove temporary piping and pumping equipment. 25. Drain, demolish and remove existing west blend tank, stairs, lighting, railings, etc. 26. Finish all concrete work and repairs, coatings including pipes, equipment and floors. 27. Provide training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Warranty Certificates and Equipment Cutsheets. 28. Site cleanup, sodding and demobilization 1.5 SHUTDOWNS A. General: 1. Terminology: A "shutdown" is when a portion of the normal operation of CITY's facility, whether equipment, systems, piping roadway or conduit, will be temporarily suspended or taken out of service to perform the Work. 2. Work that may interrupt normal operations shall be accomplished at times convenient to CITY. Bypass pumping shall remain in operation at all times during bypass flows. Provide a diesel powered backup bypass pump that will start automatically should the main electrical bypass pump fail for any reason. 3. Furnish at the Site, in close proximity to the shutdown work areas, tools, equipment, spare parts and materials, both temporary and permanent, necessary to successfully complete the shutdown. Complete to the extent possible, prefabrication of piping and other assemblies prior to the associated shutdown. Demonstrate to ENGINEER's satisfaction that CONTRACTOR has complied with these requirements before commencing the shutdown. 4. If CONTRACTOR's operations cause an unscheduled interruption of CITY's operations, immediately re-establish satisfactory operation for CITY. 5. Unscheduled shutdowns or interruptions of continued safe and satisfactory operation of CITY's facilities that result in fines or penalties by authorities having jurisdiction shall be paid solely by CONTRACTOR if, in City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-5 ENGINEER's opinion, CONTRACTOR did not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, or was negligent in the Work, or did not exercise proper precautions in conducting the Work. 6. Shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 01140-A of this Section. 7. For temporary, short-term shutdowns of smaller piping, conduits, equipment, and systems, coordinate requirements for such shutdowns with ENGINEER and CITY. B. Shutdowns of Electrical Systems: Comply with Laws and Regulations, including the National Electric Code. CONTRACTOR shall lock out and tag circuit breakers and switches operated by CITY and shall verify that affected cables and wires are de -energized to ground potential before shutdown Work is started. Upon completion of shutdown Work, remove the locks and tags and notify ENGINEER that facilities are available for use. 1.6 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING A. General: 1. The bypass pumping SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide a minimum of 5 references for projects of similar size and complexity for the approval of the ENGINEER. The proposed bypass pumping system shall meet the requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Bypass pumping and piping system shall be designed for potable drinking water and shall meet all applicable regulatory requirements. 3. Contractor is responsible for all costs related to the round the clock operation of the bypass pumping system for the full duration when the bypass system is required. 4. The CONTRACTOR is responsible cutting, plugs, caps, etc. needed for the bypass system. 5. Disinfection for the system is as required in Section 02616, Disinfection. CONTRACTOR is responsible for all costs and coordination needed for disinfection and testing of the bypass pumping system. 6. Sound levels associated with primary and backup bypass pumps, measured by the City of Clearwater personnel, shall not exceed 65 dBA from 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., or 60 dBA from 8:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. This sound level will apply to the nearest property line of the nearest residence. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment can be quieted to these levels. Work stoppage by the CITY for excessive noise shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the other portions of this specification including, but not limited to contract time and contract price. 7 Bypass pumping system shall be self -priming, suitable for potable water applications and shall include a primary electric variable frequency drive pump and backup diesel pump with VFD. Each pump shall be capable of pumping over a range of 868 gpm to 3,576 gpm @ 41' TDH. The VFD for the primary electrical pump shall run off of the local utility and the connection point within the plant shall be coordinated with the City. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8. The existing LIT in the tank shall remain in operation until the completion of the bypass pumping. The LIT shall be used to control the pump speed; use of floats will not be allowed to control the VFDs. 9. The standby pump shall be diesel and shall be manifolded so that it can automatically assume bypass pumping. 10. Furnish and install a temporary auto -dialer with a capability of calling a minimum of seven numbers when the standby pump is called to service. 11. The bypass pipe shall be completely new, high-density polyethylene based on PE4710 resin confirming with ASTM D3350; cell classification 44574C/E; DR 17 minimum. All bypass piping shall comply with NSF Standard 61. 12. HDPE shall be shall be joined by the butt fusion procedure outlined in ASTM F 2620 or Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) TR -33. All fusion joints shall be made in compliance with the pipe or fitting manufacturer's recommendations. Fusion joints shall be made by qualified fusion technicians per PPI TN -42. Fusion joints shall be designed for a maximum allowable operating pressure of at least three times the pump system's deadhead pressure. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. In addition to requirements of this Section, conform to requirements of Section 01045, Cutting and Patching, and Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. 3.2 SCHEDULES TABLE 01040-A SCHEDULE OF SHUTDOWNS Shut- down No. Area Equipment/Process Constraints Maximum Duration 1 Transfer pumps and Blend Tanks Install temporary bypass pumping system Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown 48 hrs 2 Transfer pumps and Blend Tanks Disinfection and placing system into operation Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown 96 hrs END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Coordination with Owner's Operations 01040-7 SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall perform cutting, rough and finish patching of holes and openings in existing construction. 2. Provide cutting, coring, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and fill, required to complete the Work, and to: a. uncover existing ductbanks or utilities in the areas of blend tanks and electrical room, new panels and new ductbanks. b. demolish existing blend tanks and footer, while keeping existing concrete slab beneath the transfer pumps intact. c. remove construction required to perform required alterations or additions to existing work; d. uncover the Work for CITY's observation of covered Work or observation by authorities having jurisdiction; e. connect to completed Work not performed in proper sequence; f. remove or relocate existing utilities, conduits and pipes that obstruct the Work in locations where connections must be made; g. make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. h. remove samples of installed Work as specified or required for testing; i. remove and replace defective Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Cutting and Patching Request: a. Submit written request to CITY, well in advance of executing cutting or alteration that affects one or more of the following: 1) Design function or intent of Project. 2) Work of CITY or other contractors. 3) Structural value or integrity of an element of the Project. 4) Integrity or effectiveness of weather -exposed or moisture - resistant elements or systems. 5) Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 6) Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements. b. Request shall include: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 1) Identification of Project and contract name and number. 2) Description of affected Work of CONTRACTOR and work of others (if any). 3) Necessity for cutting. 4) Effect on work of CITY, other contractors (if any), and on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project. 5) Description of proposed Work, describing: scope of cutting and patching; trades who will be executing the Work; products proposed to be used; extent of refinishing; schedule of operations; alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. 6) Designation of entity responsible for cost of cutting and patching, when applicable. 7) Written permission of other contractors (if any) whose work will be affected. 2. Recommendation Regarding Cutting and Patching: a. Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate a change of materials or methods, submit written recommendation to CITY including: 1) Conditions indicating change. 2) Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3) Items required with substitution request, in accordance with the substitution request requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Product Data: a. Submit manufacturer's product data for the protective compound to be applied to core -drilled surfaces and cut concrete surfaces. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Submit written indication designating the day and time that the construction associated with cutting and patching will be uncovered, to provide for observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until submittal is accepted by CITY. 2. X-ray Investigations: a. Proposed method of investigation. Submit and obtain CITY's acceptance prior to performing X-ray inspections. b. Report of X-ray evaluation of slabs, floors, and walls to be cut or core -drilled. C. Comply with submittal requirements in the Division 02 through Division 16 Specifications for patching materials. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cutting and Patching 01045-2 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials - General: 1. Use materials in conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. If not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, use materials and products that are identical to existing materials and products affected by cutting and patching Work. 3. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. 4. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using materials that do not void required or existing warranties. B. Compound Applied to Core -Drilled Surfaces and Cut Concrete Surfaces: 1. After core -drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with solvent -free, two - component, epoxy protective coating. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sikagard 62, by Sika Corporation. b. Or equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform cutting and coring in such manner that limits extent of patching. B. Structural Elements: Do not cut or patch structural elements in manner that would change structural element's Toad -carrying capacity as load deflection ratio. C. Operating Elements: Do not cut or patch operating elements in manner that would reduce their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut or patch operating elements or related components in manner that would increase maintenance requirements or decrease operational life or safety. D. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using methods that do not void required or existing warranties. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut or patched and conditions under which cutting or patching are to be performed before starting cutting or patching work. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cutting and Patching 01045-3 B. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to CITY in writing. Do not proceed 1 1 with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Non -Destructive Investigation: I 1. In advance of cutting or coring through existing slabs or walls, use X-ray or I other non-destructive methods accepted by CITY to determine location of reinforcing steel, electrical conduits, and other items embedded in slabs or walls. I 2. Submit to CITY written report of findings of evaluation. 3. Perform X-ray investigation and submit results to CITY sufficiently in advance of cutting work to allow time to identify and implement alternatives if changes to the Work are necessary because of conduit or other features in floor or wall. 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Provide temporary support required to maintain structural integrity of Project, to protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting, and to support the element(s) to I be cut. B. Protection of Existing Construction During Cutting and Patching: I 1. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that will be exposed during cutting and patching operations. I 2. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 3. Do not cut existing pipe, conduit, ductwork, or other utilities serving facilities scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.4 CORING 1 A. Core -drill holes to be cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs, or arches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY in writing. 1 B. Coring: 1. Perform coring with non -impact rotary tool using diamond core -drills. Size 1 holes for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or mechanical seals, as required, to be installed through the penetration. I 2. Do not core -drill through electrical conduit or other utility lines embedded in walls or slabs without approval of CITY. To extent possible, avoid cutting reinforcing steel in slabs and walls. C. Protection: 1 1. Protect existing equipment, utilities, and adjacent areas from water and other damage covered by core -drilling operations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Cutting and Patching I 16 -0032 -UT 01045-4 00992-0230 2. After core -drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.6 of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Cleaning: 1. Vacuum or otherwise remove slurry and tailings from the work area following core -drilling. 3.5 CUTTING A. Cutting — General: 1. Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and that provide proper surfaces to receive installation or repair. 2. In general, use hand or small power tools suitable for sawing or grinding. Avoid using hammering and chopping when possible. 3. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to the size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide adequate bracing of area to be cut prior to start of cutting. 5. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from exposed or finished side into concealed side. 6. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. 7. Provide temporary covering over cut openings where not in use. B. Cutting — Concrete and Masonry: 1. Cut through concrete and masonry using concrete wall saw with diamond saw blades. 2. On both the element being cut, provide for control of slurry generated during sawing. 3. After cutting concrete and before installing subsequent construction on or through the opening, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 PATCHING A. Patching — General: 1. Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing -up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as inconspicuous as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Patch to provide airtight connections to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. 4. Where feasible, test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of installation. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cutting and Patching 01045-5 B. Restoration: 1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 3. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit that was patched. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Cleaning and Restoration: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting, coring, or patching were performed. 2. Clean piping, conduit, and similar constructions before applying paint or other finishing materials. 3. Restore damaged coverings of pipe and other utilities to original condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cutting and Patching 01045-6 1 1 SECTION 01291 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Submit to CITY for acceptance a Schedule of Values that allocates cost to each item of the Work. Schedule of Value list of line items shall correspond to each aspect of the Work, establishing in detail the portion of the Contract Price allocated to each major component of the Work. B. Upon request of CITY, support values with data that substantiate their correctness. C. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values to CITY for initial review. CONTRACTOR shall incorporate CITY's comments into the Schedule of Values and resubmit to CITY. CITY may require corrections and re -submittals until Schedule of Values is acceptable. D. Schedule of Values and the Progress Schedule updates specified in Section 01322, Progress Schedule, shall be basis for preparing each Application for Payment. Schedule of Values may be used as a basis for negotiating price of changes, if any, in the Work. E. Include in Schedule of Values unit price payment items with their associated quantity. Provide in the Schedule of Values detailed breakdown of unit prices when required by CITY. F. Requirements for preliminary Schedule of Values and Schedule of Values are: 1. Schedule of Values shall show division of Work between CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors. Line items for Work to be done by Subcontractor shall include the word, "(SUBCONTRACTED)". 2. Schedule of Values shall include breakdown of costs for materials and equipment, installation, and other costs used in preparing the Bid by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor. List purchase and delivery costs for materials and equipment for which CONTRACTOR may apply for payment as stored materials. 3. Include separate amounts for each Specification Section in the Contract Documents by structure, building, and work area. 4. Identify each line item with number corresponding to the associated Specification Section number. List sub -items of major products or systems, as appropriate or when requested by CITY. 5. Sum of individual values shown on the Schedule of Values shall equal the total of associated payment item. Sum of payment item totals in the Schedule of Values shall equal the Contract Price. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Schedule of Values 01291-1 6. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. Do not include overhead and profit as separate item(s). 7. Include separate line item for each allowance, and for each unit price item 8. Include line item for bonds and insurance in amount not exceeding 2.0 percent of the Contract Price. This may be applied for in the first Application for Payment. 9. Include items for the General Conditions, permits (when applicable), construction Progress Schedule, and other items required by CITY. Include such items in Applications for Payment on schedule accepted by CITY 10. Line items for Site maintenance such as dust control, snow removal, compliance with storm water pollution prevention plans and permits, spill prevention control and countermeasures plans, and for construction photographic documentation; temporary utilities and temporary facilities, field offices, temporary controls, field engineering, and similar Work shall be included in the Schedule of Values and proportioned in Applications for Payment throughout duration of the Work. 11. Include separate line items under each appropriate payment item for mobilization and demobilization. Document for CITY the activities included in mobilization and demobilization line items. a. Mobilization will be limited to 2 percent of the Contract Price, and will be paid in 2 payments, with each payment being 50% of the total mobilization cost. b. Demobilization shall be at least 2 percent of the Contract Price and shall be included with the Application for Payment following Substantial Completion, or other schedule accepted by CITY. 12. Costs for submittals, operations and maintenance manuals, field testing, and training of operations and maintenance personnel shall be as follows, unless otherwise accepted by CITY: a. Up to eight percent of cost (including overhead and profit) of each equipment item, exclusive of transportation and installation costs associated with that item, may be allocated to preparation of submittals and may be included in the Application for Payment following CITY's approval of Shop Drawings (and acceptance of other submittals, as applicable) required for fabricating or purchasing for that item for the Work. b. Up to three percent of total cost of each item (including overhead and profit), including materials and equipment, and installation, may be apportioned to testing and included in the Application for Payment following CITY's acceptance of the associated written Site testing report(s). c. Up to a total of four percent of equipment cost (including overhead and profit), exclusive of transportation and installation costs, may be apportioned to operations and maintenance manuals and training of operations and maintenance personnel, which may be City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Schedule of Values 01291-2 included in the Application for Payment following completion of training for that item. 13. Schedule of Values shall include an itemized list of Work by work area, as applicable, for Work included in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 14. Submit Schedule of Values on 8.5 -inch by 11 -inch white paper. 15. Coordinate Schedule of Values with resource loading of the Progress Schedule, in accordance with Section 01322, Progress Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Submit to CITY 5 copies of Schedule of Values. 2. Content of Schedule of Values submittals shall conform to Article 1.1 of this Section. 3. Time Frames for Submittals: a. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values within ten days of date that the Contract Times commence running in accordance with the Notice to Proceed. b. Submittal of the Schedule of Values shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. CITY will not accept Applications for Payment without an acceptable Schedule of Values. c. When required by CITY, promptly submit updated Schedule of Values to include cost breakdowns for changes in the Contract Price. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Schedule of Values 01291-3 SECTION 01297 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. General. 1. CONTRACTOR's requests for payment shall be in accordance with the Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, and the Specifications. 2. Applications for Payment shall be in the form provided by the CITY. B. Procedure: 1. Submit to CITY four originals of each complete Application for Payment and other documents to accompany the Application for Payment. 2. CITY will act on request for payment in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. C. Each request for progress payment shall include: 1. Completed Application for Payment form, including summary/signature page, progress estimate sheets, and stored materials summary. Progress estimate sheets shall have the same level of detail as the Schedule of Values. 2. For materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored, submit documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Legibly indicate on invoice or bill of sale the specific materials or equipment included in the payment request and corresponding bid/payment item number for each. 3. For payment requests that include payment for Work under an allowance, submit documentation acceptable to CITY of the authorization of allowance Work. 4. For payment requests (other than request for final payment) that include reduction or payment of retainage in an amount greater than that required in the Contract Documents, submit on form acceptable to CITY consent of surety to partial release or reduction of retainage. D. Requirements for request for final payment are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01772, Closeout Requirements. E. The allowance indicated for permit, licenses and fees Allowance in Bid Form and Schedule of Values is to pay for all permits, licenses and other fees required of the CONTRACTOR from the various agencies having jurisdiction for construction of the project. The allowance shown on the Schedule of Bid Prices is an estimate of fees required. Payment will be based on the actual permit, license or City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Payment Procedures 01297-1 fee paid directly to agency, documented by paid receipts, specifically excluding any labor, mark-up, overhead and profit, administration and other costs involved in obtaining permits or licenses or paying fees. Fees specifically excluded from this allowance include but are not limited to reinspection fees and expired permit fees. The CITY reserves the right to award any, all, or none of the money associated with this allowance. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Payment Procedures 01297-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. Provide submittals well in advance of need for the material or equipment, or procedure (as applicable), in the Work and with ample time required for delivery of material or equipment and to implement procedures following CITY's approval or acceptance of the associated submittal. Work covered by a submittal will not be included in progress payments until approval or acceptance of related submittals has been obtained in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. CONTRACTOR is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and corrected at the Site, for information pertaining solely to the fabrication processes and to techniques of construction, and for coordinating the work of all trades. CONTRACTOR's signature of submittal's stamp and letter of transmittal shall be CONTRACTOR's representation that CONTRACTOR has met his obligations under the Contract Documents relative to that submittal. 4. CONTRACTOR shall group Shop Drawing submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time Shop Drawing submittals of twenty five (25) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent Shop Drawing submittals will be back charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. 5. CONTRACTOR shall group RFIs submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time RFIs submittals of ten (10) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent RFI submittals will be back charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. B. Samples: 1. Conform submittal of Samples to the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, this Section, and the Specification Section in which the Sample is specified. 2. Furnish at the same time Samples and submittals that are related to the same unit of Work or Specification Section. CITY will not review City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-1 submittals without associated Samples, and will not review Samples without associated submittals. 3. Samples shall clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, all related parts and attachments, and full range of color, texture, pattern, and material. 1.2 TYPES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittal types are classified as follows: 1) Action Submittals, 2) Informational Submittals, 3) Closeout Submittals, and 4) Maintenance Material submittals. Type of each required submittal is designated in the respective Specification Sections; when type of submittal is not specified in the associated Specification Section, submittal will be classified as follows: 1. Action Submittals include: a. Shop Drawings. b. Product data. c. Delegated design submittals, which include documents prepared, sealed, and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier for materials and equipment to be incorporated into the completed Work. Delegated design submittals do not include submittals related to temporary construction unless specified otherwise in the related Specification Section. Delegated design submittals include: design drawings, design data including calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such design professional. d. Samples. e. Testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations. 2. Informational Submittals include: a. Certificates. b. Design data not sealed and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier. c. Pre -construction test and evaluation reports, such as reports on pilot testing, subsurface investigations, potential Hazardous Environmental Condition, and similar reports. d. Supplier instructions, including installation data, and instructions for handling, starting -up, and troubleshooting. e. Source quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of shop testing. f. Field or Site quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of operating and acceptability tests at the Site. g. Supplier reports. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-2 1 1 h. Sustainable design submittals (other than sustainable design closeout documentation). 1 i. Special procedure submittals, including health and safety plans and other procedural submittals. j. Qualifications statements. 1 3. Closeout Submittals include: a. Maintenance contracts. I b. Operations and maintenance data. c. Bonds, such as maintenance bonds and bonds for a specific product or system. d. Warranty documentation. e. Record documentation. f. Sustainable design closeout documentation. g. Software. 1 4. Maintenance Material Submittals include: I a. b. Spare parts. Extra stock materials. c. Tools. 1 5. When type of submittal is not specified and is not included in the list above, CITY will determine the type of submittal. I B. Not Included in this Section: Administrative and procedural requirements for following are covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents: I 1. Requests for interpretations of the Contract Documents. 2. Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. 3. Applications for Payment 4. Progress Schedules. I5. Photographic documentation. 6. Reports and documentation required in accordance with applicable permits 1 7. Site survey data. 1.3 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION 1 A. Informational Submittals: Provide the following: 1. Schedule of Submittals: I a. Timing: I 1) Provide submittal within time frames specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Provide updated Schedule of Submittals with each I submittal of the updated Progress Schedule. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Submittal Procedures I 16 -0032 -UT 01300-3 00992-0230 1 1 b. Content: In accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Special Conditions, and this Section. Requirements for 111 content of preliminary Schedule of Submittals and subsequent submittals of the Schedule of Submittals are identical. Identify on Schedule of Submittals all submittals required in the Contract Documents. Updates of Schedule of Submittals shall show scheduled dates and actual dates for completed tasks. Indicate submittals that are on the Project's critical path. Indicate the following for each submittal: 1) Date by which submittal will be provided to CITY. 2) Whether submittal will be for a substitution or "equal". ' Procedures for substitutions and "or equals" are specified in the General Conditions and the Division 01 Specifications 3) Date by which CITY's response is required. At least 14 days shall be allowed from CITY's receipt of each submittal. Allow increased time for large or complex submittals. 4) For submittals for materials or equipment, date by which material or equipment must be at the Site to avoid delaying the Work and to avoid delaying the work of other contractors. c. Prepare Schedule of Submittals using same software, and in same format, specified for Progress Schedules. d. Coordinate Schedule of Submittals with the Progress Schedule. e. Schedule of Submittals that is not compatible with the Progress , Schedule, or that does not indicate submittals on the Project's critical path, or that that places extraordinary demands on CITY for time and resources, is unacceptable. Do not include submittals not required by the Contract Documents. f. In preparing Schedule of Submittals: 1) Considering the nature and complexity of each submittal, allow sufficient time for review and revision. 2) Reasonable time shall be allowed for: CITY's review and processing of submittals, for submittals to be revised and resubmitted, and for returning submittals to CONTRACTOR. 3) Identify and accordingly schedule submittals that are expected to have long anticipated review times. 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Identification System: Use the following submittal identification system, , consisting of submittal number and review cycle number. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Submittal Procedures 16 -0032 -UT 01300-4 00992-0230 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Submittal Number: Shall be separate and unique number correlating to each individual submittal required. CONTRACTOR shall assign submittal number as follows: a. First part of submittal number shall be the applicable Specification Section number, followed by a hyphen. b. Second part of submittal number shall be a three -digit number (sequentially numbered from 001 through 999) assigned to each separate and unique submittal provided under the associated Specification Section. c. Typical submittal number for the third submittal provided for Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe, would be "15061-003". 2. Review Cycle Number: Shall be a letter designation indicating the initial submittal or re -submittal associated with each submittal number: a. "A" = Initial (first) submittal. b. "B" = Second submittal (e.g., first re -submittal). c. "C" = Third submittal (e.g., second re -submittal). 3. Examples: Example Description Submittal Identification Submittal No. Review Cycle Initial (first) review cycle of the third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061-003- A Second review cycle (first re -submittal) of third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061-003- B B. Letter of Transmittal for Submittals: 1. Provide separate letter of transmittal with each submittal. Each submittal shall be for one Specification Section. 2. At beginning of each letter of transmittal, provide a reference heading indicating: CONTRACTOR's name, CITY's name, Project name, Contract name and number, transmittal number, and submittal number. 3. For submittals with proposed deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, letter of transmittal shall specifically describe each proposed variation. C. Contractor's Review and Stamp: 1. Contractor's Review: Before transmitting submittals to CITY, review submittals to: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-5 a. assure proper coordination of the Work; b. determine that each submittal is in accordance with CONTRACTOR's desires; c. verify that submittal contains sufficient information for CITY to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be retumed without review. 3. Contractor's Stamp and Signature: a. Each submittal provided shall bear CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval and signature, as evidence that submittal has been reviewed by CONTRACTOR and verified as complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Submittals without CONTRACTOR's stamp and signature will be returned without review. Signatures that appear to be computer- generated will be regarded as unsigned and the associated submittal will be returned without review. c. CON-,TRACTOR's stamp shall contain the following: "Project Name: Contractor's Name: Date: Reference --------------- Item/Submittal Title: Specifications: Section: Page No.: Paragraph No.: Drawing No.: of Location of Work: Submittal No. and Review Cycle: Coordinated by Contractor with Submittal Nos.: I hereby certify that the Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents relative to Contractor's review and approval of this submittal. Approved By (for Contractor): D. Submittal Marking and Organization: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Mark on each page of submittal and each individual component submitted with submittal number and applicable Specification paragraph. 2. Arrange submittal information in same order as requirements are written in the associated Specification Section. 3. Each Shop Drawing sheet shall have title block with complete identifying information satisfactory to CITY. 4. Package together submittals for the same Specification Section. Do not provide required information piecemeal. E. Format of Submittal and Recipients: 1. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Furnish in accordance with Table 01330-A, except that submittals of Samples shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section: TABLE 01300-A: SUBMITTAL CONTACTS AND REQUIRED COPIES Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of Samples is not specified in the associated Specification City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-7 Address for Deliveries Contact Person E-mail Address No. of Hard - copies Remarks a City: 100 South Myrtle Ave, #200 Clearwater, FL 33758 Jeff Walker Jeff.Walker(cr7myClearwater.com One b Resident Project Rep At the Site Jeff Walker Jeff.Walker(myClearwater.com One c Project Engineer Phil Locke plocke@mckimcreed.com One See Notes Notes: Contractor shall provide one hard copy of approved major equipment submittals. All other general material submittals (pipe, conduit, wire, etc.) shall be electronic only. Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of Samples is not specified in the associated Specification City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-7 Section, provide at least three identical Samples of each item required for CITY's approval. Samples will not be returned to CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR requires Sample(s) for CONTRACTOR's use, notify CITY in writing and provide additional Sample(s). CONTRACTOR is responsible for furnishing, shipping, and transporting additional Samples. c Deliver one Sample to CITY's office at the Site. Deliver balance of Samples to CITY at address listed in Table 01330-A, unless otherwise directed by CITY. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. Provide the following Closeout Submittals in accordance with Table 01300-A: maintenance contracts; bonds for specific products or systems; warranty documentation; and sustainable design closeout documentation. On documents such as maintenance contracts and bonds, include on each document furnished original signature of entity issuing the document. b. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. c. Record Documentation: Submit in accordance with Section 01782, Record Documents. d. Software: Submit number of copies required in Specification Section where the software is specified. If number of copies is not specified, provide two copies on compact disc in addition to software loaded on to CITY's computer(s) or microprocessor(s). 4. Maintenance Material Submittals: For spare parts, extra stock materials, and tools, submit quantity of items specified in associated Specification Section. Furnish in accordance with Section 01783, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. F. Distribution: 1. Distribution of Hardcopies: CITY will distribute each reviewed submittal requiring CITY's written response as follows: a. CONTRACTOR: Five copies (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). b. CITY: Two copies. c. Resident Project Representative: One copy (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). G. Resubmittals: CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by CITY and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings, and submit, as required, new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by the CITY on previous submittals. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-8 1.5 CITY'S REVIEW A. Timing: CITY's review will conform to timing accepted by CITY in the accepted Schedule of Submittals. B. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents will not be reviewed by CITY and will not be recorded in CITY's submittal log. All hardcopies of such submittals will be returned to CONTRACTOR. C. Action Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: 1. Approved: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Corrected: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. 3. Approved as Corrected — Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected — Resubmit", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. Provide to CITY record re -submittal with all corrections made. Receipt of corrected re -submittal is required before materials or equipment covered in the submittal will be eligible for payment. 4. Revise and Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Revise and Resubmit", make the corrections indicated and re -submit to CITY for approval. 5. Not Approved: This disposition indicates material or equipment that cannot be approved. Upon return of submittal marked "Not Approved", repeat initial submittal procedure utilizing approvable material or equipment. D. Informational Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: 1. Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: a. Accepted: Information included in submittal conforms to the applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, and is acceptable. No further action by CONTRACTOR is required relative to this submittal, and the Work covered by the submittal City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-9 may proceed, and products with submittals with this disposition may be shipped or operated, as applicable. b. Not Accepted: Submittal does not conform to applicable requirements of the Contract Documents and is not acceptable. Revise submittal and re -submit to indicate acceptability and conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. The following types of Informational Submittals, when acceptable to CITY, will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When submittals of the following are not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR a. Material safety data sheets (MSDS). b. Compaction testing reports. c. Concrete testing reports. d. Manufacturer's instructions. E. Closeout Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Closeout Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Closeout Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR. F. Maintenance Material Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Maintenance Material Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Maintenance Material Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs associated with transporting and handling of maintenance materials until compliance with the Contract Documents is achieved. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Submittal Procedures 01300-10 SECTION 01301 - PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. A pre -construction conference will be held for the Project. 2. CONTRACTOR shall attend the conference prepared to discuss all items on the agenda. 3. CITY will distribute an agenda, preside at the conference. The ENGINEER will prepare and distribute minutes to all conference participants and others as requested. B. Purpose of conference is to designate responsible personnel, establish working relationships, discuss preliminary schedules submitted by CONTRACTOR, and review administrative and procedural requirements for the Project. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. C. Date, Time and Location: Conference will be held after execution of the Contract and before Work starts at the Site. CITY will establish the date, time, and location of conference and notify the interested and involved parties. D. Prior to the conference, submit the following preliminary schedules in accordance with the General Conditions: 1. Progress Schedule. 2. Schedule of Submittals. 3. Schedule of Values. E. CONTRACTOR shall provide information required and contribute appropriate items for discussion. CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference the following, with sufficient number of copies for each attendee: 1. Preliminary Progress Schedule, as submitted to CITY. 2. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals, as submitted to CITY. 3. Preliminary Schedule of Values, as submitted to CITY. 4. List of emergency contacts for CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors. Emergency contacts shall be reachable 24 -hours per day, 7 days per week. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Pre -Construction Conference 01301-1 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. Representative of each entity attending the conference shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. B. Contractor Attendance: Conference shall be attended by CONTRACTOR's project manager, Site superintendent, project managers for major Subcontractors, and major equipment Suppliers as CONTRACTOR deems appropriate. C. Other attendees will be representatives of: 1. CITY. 2. Authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, i.e. Building Dept. Electrical & Building Inspectors. 3. Utility owners, as applicable. 4. Others as requested by CITY, or CONTRACTOR. 1.3 AGENDA A. Purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish working relationships. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. A complete agenda will be furnished to CONTRACTOR prior to the conference date. However, CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss all of the following: 1. Designation of responsible personnel. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Progress Schedule. 4. Critical work sequencing. 5. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR submittals. 6 Schedule of Submittals. 7. Processing of Field Orders, requests for information and clarification, and Change Orders. 8. Requirements for copies of Contract Documents. 9. Schedule of Values. 10. Processing and schedule of Applications for Payments. 11. Use of Site, office and storage areas. 12. CITY's requirements. 13. CONTRACTOR responsibility for safety and first aid procedures. 14. Security. 15. Housekeeping. 16. Field offices. 17. Maintaining record drawings. 18. Permits. 19. Emergency telephone numbers. 20. Operation and maintenance manuals. 21. Temporary utilities. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Pre -Construction Conference 01301-2 22. Pre -submittal conference(s). 23. Any other Project related items. PART 2 — MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Pre -Construction Conference 01301-3 SECTION 01310 - PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the Work, including testing agencies whether hired by CONTRACTOR, CITY, or others; Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others with whom coordination is necessary, in accordance with the General Conditions, Special Conditions, and this Section, to complete the Work within the Contract Times and in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In accordance with the General Conditions as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and coordinate the Work with other contractors, utility service companies, CITY's employees working at the Site, and other entities working at the Site, in accordance with Section 01010, Summary of Work. C. CONTRACTOR will not be responsible or liable for damage unless damage is through negligence of CONTRACTOR, or Subcontractors, Supplier, or other entity employed by CONTRACTOR. D. Attend and participate in all project coordination and progress meetings, and report on the progress of the Work and compliance with the Progress Schedule. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Project Coordination 01310-1 SECTION 01312 - PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Progress meetings will be held throughout the Project. CONTRACTOR shall attend each progress meeting prepared to discuss in detail all items on the agenda. 2. ENGINEER will preside at progress meetings and will prepare and distribute minutes of progress meetings to all meeting participants and others as requested. B. Date and Time: 1. Regular Meetings: Every month on a day and time agreeable to CITY, and CONTRACTOR. 2. Other Meetings: As required. C. Place: CONTRACTOR'S field office at the Site or other location mutually agreed upon by CITY and CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. Representatives present for each entity shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. B. Required Attendees: 1. CONTRACTOR: 2. CITY. 3. Others, as appropriate. 1.3 AGENDA A. Agenda will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Transcript of previous meeting. 2. Progress since last meeting. a. CONTRACTOR's. b. Subcontractor's. 3. Completion status. 4. Planned progress for next period. 5. Problems, conflicts and observations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Meetings 01312-1 6. Status of Shop Drawings, and requests for information or clarification. 7. Change Orders. 8. Payment Applications. 9. Quality standards and control. 10. Schedules, updated Project Schedules, including off-site fabrication and delivery schedules; corrective measures, if required. 11. Coordination between parties. 12. Permits. 13. Safety concerns. 14. Construction photographs. 15. Record drawings. 16. Punch list status. 17. RFI and AAR status. 18. Other business. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Meetings 01312-2 SECTION 01322 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Progress Schedules and related documents in accordance with the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 2. Maintain and update Progress Schedules and related documents. 3. Progress Schedule shall be resource- loaded CPM Progress Schedule. 4. CITY's acceptance of the Progress Schedule or related documents, and comments or opinions concerning activities in the Progress Schedule and related documents shall not control CONTRACTOR's independent judgment concerning means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, unless the associated means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure is directed by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for complying with the Contract Times. B. Use of Float: 1. Float belongs to the Project and may be used by CITY or CONTRACTOR to accommodate changes in the Work, or to mitigate the effect of events that delay performance or conformance with the Contract Times. 2. Changes or delays that influence Activities that have float and that do not extend the Critical Path are not justification for an extension of the Contract Times. C. Factors Affecting the Progress Schedule: 1. In preparing the Progress Schedule, take into consideration submittal requirements and submittal review times, time for fabricating and delivering materials and equipment, Subcontractors' work, availability and abilities of workers, availability of construction equipment, weather conditions, restrictions in operations at the Site and coordination with CITY's operations, and other factors that have the potential to affect completion of the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Comply with sequencing requirements indicated in the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-1 a. Section 01010, Summary of Work. b. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The following terms are defined for this Section and supplement the terms defined in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions: 1. Activity: An element of the construction work that has the following specific characteristics: consumes time, consumes resources, has a definable start and finish, is assignable, and is measurable. 2. Constraint: An imposed date on the Progress Schedule or an imposed tie between Activities. The Contract Times are Constraints. 3. CPM Progress Schedule: Computerized Progress Schedule in Critical Path Method (CPM) format which accounts for the entire Work, defines the interrelationships between elements of the Work, reflects the uncompleted Work, and indicates the sequence with which the Work has been completed, indicates the sequence in which uncompleted Work will be completed, and indicates the duration of each Activity. 4. Critical Path: The continuous chain of Activities with the longest duration for completion within the Contract Times. 5. Early Start: The earliest possible date an Activity can start according to the assigned relationships among Activities. 6. Early Finish: The earliest date an Activity can finish according to the assigned relationships among the Activities. 7. Late Finish: The latest date an Activity can finish without extending the Contract Times. 8. Late Start: The latest date an Activity can start without extending the Contract Times. 9. Float: The time difference between the calculated duration of the Activity chain and the Critical Path. 10. Total Float: The total number of days that an Activity (or chain of Activities) can be delayed without affecting the Contract Times. 11. Network Diagram: A time -scaled logic diagram depicting the durations and relationships of the Activities. 12. Work Areas, Area, or System: A logical breakdown of the Project elements or a group of Activities which, when collectively assembled, are readily identifiable on the Project (for example, yard piping, a structure or building, a treatment process, or other logical grouping). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Progress Schedule Preparer: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-2 a. CONTRACTOR shall retain services of a scheduling consultant or shall self -prepare and maintain the Progress Schedule using qualified employee with experience in scheduling, and experienced with the scheduling software required for this Project, and experience serving as Progress Schedule preparer on construction projects of similar type, size, and scope to this Project. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Quantity of each submittal required and timing of submittals are in this Section. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. 30 -day Bar Chart: a. Preliminary 30 -day bar chart. b. Acceptable 30 -day bar chart. 2. Progress Schedule Updates. a. Progress Schedule updates shall comply with requirements of this Section, and shall include updated Progress Schedule, narrative report, updated Network Diagram when relationships among Activities are changed, and updated mathematical tabulations. b. Submit updated Progress Schedule at each progress meeting and with each progress payment. For monthly Progress Schedule submittals, bring to progress meeting the number of copies of the updated Progress Schedule specified in Section 01312, Progress Meetings. 4. Look -Ahead Schedules a. Submit 4 week Zook -ahead schedule at each progress meeting. 5. Time Impact Analyses: Submit in accordance with this Section. 6. Recovery Schedule: Submit in accordance with this Section. 1.5 INITIAL PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Type and Organization of Progress Schedules: 1. Prepare Progress Schedule using the latest version of Primavera Project Planner software with Primavision, unless other scheduling software is acceptable to CITY. 2. Sheet Size: 11 x 17 inches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Time Scale: Indicate first date of each work week. 4. Activity Designations: Indicate title and related Specification Section number. 5. Progress Schedules shall be CPM Progress Schedules. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-3 6. Organization: a. Indicate on the separate Schedule of Submittals dates for submitting and reviewing Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals. b. Group deliveries of materials and equipment into a separate sub -schedule that is part of the Progress Schedule. c. Group construction into Work Area sub -schedules (that are part of the Progress Schedule) by Activity. d. Clearly indicate the Critical Path on the Progress Schedule. e. Organize each Work Area sub -schedule by Specification Section number. B. Preliminary Progress Schedule: 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY the preliminary Progress Schedule covering the entire Project, with associated Network Diagrams at the preconstruction meeting. 2. Submit ten copies of preliminary Progress Schedule and associated reports and schedule -related documents to accompany the preliminary Progress Schedule, in accordance with the Submittals Article of this Section. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 3. CITY and Engineer will conduct a timely review of the preliminary Progress Schedule. 4. Preliminary Progress Schedule shall comply with the Contract Documents relative to Progress Schedules, but need not be resource -loaded. C. If the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) different than the Contract Times, the Contract Times are not thereby voided, nullified, or affected. The Contract Times govern. Where the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) that are earlier than the Contract Times, CITY may accept such Progress Schedule with CONTRACTOR to specifically understand that no Claim for additional Contract Times or additions to the Contract Price shall be brought against CITY resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure to complete the Work by the earlier date(s) indicated on the accepted Progress Schedule. 1.6 PROGRESS SCHEDULE UPDATES A. Updates: 1. Update the Progress Schedule each month. If during progress of the Work events develop that necessitate changes in the initially accepted Progress Schedule (e.g., baseline Progress Schedule), identify updated Progress Schedules sequentially as Progress Schedule Revision 1, 2, 3, and continuing in sequence as City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-4 required. Number the Progress Schedule submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 2. CONTRACTOR's Progress Schedule update shall include a narrative report in accordance with this Section. Narrative report shall include description of current progress and status of each Area of the Project, a description of progress for the period, a description of the Critical Path, a discussion of current or potential delays, Change Orders (pending and approved in since the previous Progress Schedule update), and other problems associated with maintaining the Work on schedule. 3. The update to the Progress Schedule shall be based on retained logic. Progress override logic is not allowed. 4. Required scheduling software, and schedule organization, format, and content for updated Progress Schedules are identical to that required in this Section for initial Progress Schedules. 5. Submit to CITY the updated Progress Schedule, Network Diagram, narrative report, and other schedule -related reports and documents required, and two compact discs (CD) each with a complete software backup copy of the Progress Schedule with each application for payment.. 6. Submit updated Network Diagrams when revisions are proposed to the logic. Indicate in the narrative report delays that have occurred since the previous updated Progress Schedule. Payment for out -of -sequence Work is not allowed. B. Monthly Schedule Meeting: 1. During the month, utilizing the previous month's 4 -week look - ahead schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record the percent complete, start and finish dates of each scheduled Activity with the remaining duration for each Activity started but not completed, including Activities associated with procurement of materials and equipment. 2. On the same day each month, at least one week prior to a progress meeting, CONTRACTOR, Progress Schedule preparer, CITY, and others as appropriate shall meet at the Site and tour the Work to review and update the schedule and progress information gathered by CONTRACTOR during the month. After acceptance of CONTRACTOR's updated data, Progress Schedule preparer shall use this information to update the Progress Schedule. 1.7 RECOVERY SCHEDULES A. Recovery Schedules, General: 1. When updated Progress Schedule indicates that the ability to comply with the Contract Times falls 15 or more days behind schedule, and there is no excusable delay, Change Order, or Work Change Directive to support an extension of the Contract City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-5 Times, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a Progress Schedule demonstrating CONTRACTOR's plan to accelerate the Work to achieve compliance with the Contract Times ("recovery schedule") for CITY's acceptance. 2. Submit recovery schedule within 7 days after submittal of updated Progress Schedule where need for recovery schedule is indicated. B. Implementation of Recovery Schedule: 1. At no additional cost to CITY, do one or more of the following: furnish additional labor, provide additional construction equipment, provide suitable materials, employ additional work shifts, expedite procurement of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, and other measures necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Upon acceptance of recovery schedule by CITY, incorporate recovery schedule into the next Progress Schedule update. C. Lack of Action: 1. CONTRACTOR's refusal, failure, or neglect to take appropriate recovery action, or to submit a recovery schedule, shall constitute reasonable evidence that CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the Work or separable part thereof with the diligence that will ensure completion within the Contract Times. Such lack of action shall constitute sufficient basis for CITY to exercise remedies available to CITY under the Contract Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Progress Schedule 01322-6 SECTION 01411 - SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL & COUNTERMEASURES PLAN PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, professional engineering (when required), and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to comply with Laws and Regulations regarding spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) planning and compliance, including 40 CFR Part 112. B. CONTRACTOR shall determine whether a SPCC Plan is required. If SPCC Plan is required, CONTRACTOR shall prepare, implement and maintain SPCC Plan as required by Laws and Regulations. C. Determination of Need for SPCC Plan: 1. CONTRACTOR shall determine need for SPCC Plan. 2. Professional Engineer: a. If the Site will include storage of more than 10,000 gallons of oil in above -ground storage, or if the Site does not comply with oil discharge history criteria specified in 40 CFR 112, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to determine need for SPCC Plan and, if SPCC Plan is required, professional engineer shall prepare or supervise preparation of SPCC Plan. b. If a professional engineer is not required to prepare the full SPCC Plan, but the SPCC Plan includes environmentally -equivalent SPCC measures, or impracticality determinations, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to prepare and certify those portions of the SPCC Plan dealing with environmentally equivalent measures and impracticality determinations; the balance of the SPCC Plan may be prepared by and self -certified by CONTRACTOR. 3. Submit to CITY letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project in accordance with Laws and Regulations. D. SPCC Plan is required if the Project activities at the Site meet the following criteria: 1. The Site and activities thereon are not exempt from Laws and Regulations. 2. Oil is stored, used, transferred, or otherwise handled at the Site. 3. Maximum oil storage capacity at the Site equals or exceeds either of the following thresholds: 42,000 gallons of completely buried capacity, or City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 01411-1 1,320 of above -ground capacity. Capacity includes total storage tank volume and operational storage volume at the Site for contractors and Subcontractors, including bulk storage tanks, containers with 55 -gallon storage capacity and larger, mobile tanks located at the Site, and other containers covered by Laws and Regulations. Motive storage containers, such as those on construction equipment and vehicles, is not included. Oil includes petroleum products, fuel oil, hydraulic fluid, oil sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with wastes other than dredged material, synthetic oil, vegetable oil, animal fats and oils, and other oils defined in Laws and Regulations. 4. There is reasonable expectation, based on location of the Site, that oil spill would reach navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines. E. If SPCC Plan is not required, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that conditions that preclude the need for SPCC Plan, including the activities of all contractors and Subcontractors at the Site, are maintained throughout duration of the Project. Should changes that affect the storage, use, or handling of oil at the Site occur, reassess the need for SPCC Plan at no additional cost to CITY and provide to CITY evaluation letter regarding need for SPCC Plan. F. If SPCC Plan is required, develop SPCC Plan and submit for acceptance by CITY. SPCC Plan shall be specific to the Site and shall include the following: 1. Stamp, original signature, and license number of CONTRACTOR'S professional engineer, when self -certification by CONTRACTOR is not allowed by Laws and Regulations. 2. Site plan identifying the name (or tag number) and location of each tank and container that will contain a substance regulated in 40 CFR 112 and other Laws and Regulations, including above -ground and buried tanks. Site plan shall indicate general directions of storm water runoff, including storm sewers and drainage inlets, and storm sewer outfall locations. 3. For each tank and container on the Site plan, provide a table that lists the tank or container's name and tag number, type of oil stored, and maximum storage capacity. List total storage capacity of all tanks and containers at the Site covered by SPCC Laws and Regulations. 4. Predictions of direction;, rate of flow, and total quantity of oil that could be discharged from the Site as result of storage tank or container failure. 5. Operating procedures that prevent oil spills, including procedures for oil handling, details of secondary containment structures at fuel and oil transfer areas, and details and descriptions of equipment to be used for oil handling, including piping. 6. Details of and descriptions of control measures installed at the Site by CONTRACTOR to prevent spill from reaching navigable waters, including secondary containment and diversionary structures. For on -shore Sites, one of the following must be used, at minimum: dikes, berms, or retaining walls; curbing; culverts, gutters, or other drainage systems; weirs, booms, or other barriers; spill diversion ponds; retention ponds; sorbent materials. Where appropriate, the SPCC Plan shall clearly demonstrate that containment or diversionary structures or equipment are not practical. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 01411-2 Include brittle fracture evaluation, where required, for field -constructed above -ground storage containers undergoing repair, alteration, construction, or change in service. 7. Plans for countermeasures to contain, clean up, and mitigate effects of oil spill that reaches navigable waters, including written commitment of manpower, equipment, and materials to quickly control and remove spilled oil. Include estimation of time required to contain spill after spill occurs. 8. Contact list and telephone numbers for facility response coordinator, National Response Center, cleanup contractors, and all appropriate federal, state, and local authorities having jurisdiction to be contacted in event of spill or discharge. 9. Program for monthly inspections of the Site by CONTRACTOR for SPCC Plan compliance. Notify CITY of each inspection at least 72 hours in advance. 10. Measures for Site security relative to oil storage. 11. Procedures for safely handling mobile containers such as totes, drums, and fueling vehicles and construction equipment that remain at the Site. 12 Procedures and schedules for periodic testing of integrity of tanks and containers, and associated piping and valves. 13. Plans for bulk storage container compliance. 14. Plans for personnel training and oil spill prevention briefings. 15. For SPCC Plans that do not follow the format listed in Laws and Regulations, provide cross-reference to requirements of Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112.7. G. Obtain acceptance of SPCC Plan by CITY, for coordination with CITY's Site- specific SPCC Plan, if any. H. SPCC Plan shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR's professional engineer (when professional engineer is required) and CITY every five years, as applicable. Post a copy of accepted, certified SPCC Plan in conspicuous location at the Site and provide copies to CITY, other contractors, and Subcontractors as appropriate. All contractors shall comply with SPCC Plan. J. In event of violation of SPCC Plan or release of oils attributable to construction operations, CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Immediately issue notifications in accordance with Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 110 and 40 CFR 112. When required by Laws and Regulations, report to National Response Center, US Environmental Protection Agency, and other authorities having jurisdiction, if any. 2. Have spill clean-up performed in conformance with Laws and Regulations and the SPCC Plan. 3. Pay fines or civil penalties (or responsible portion thereof) imposed on CITY by authorities having jurisdiction, and pay costs associated with clean-up of spills. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 01411-3 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Professional Engineer: a. When required by Laws and Regulations, engage a registered professional engineer legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Site is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. b. Submit qualifications data. c. Responsibilities include but are not necessarily limited to: 1) Carefully reviewing Laws and Regulations relative to SPCC. 2) Preparing written requests for clarifications or interpretations of criteria specified in the Contract Documents for submittal to CITY by CONTRACTOR, and obtaining from authorities having jurisdiction clarifications regarding Laws and Regulations as required. 3) Preparing or supervising the preparation of letter -report evaluation of need for SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents. Evaluation shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 4) When SPCC Plan is required, preparing, supervising the preparation of, or reviewing the SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof when oil storage at the Site will be 10,000 gallons or less) in accordance with the Contract Documents. SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof) shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 5) Periodically re-evaluating the need for SPCC Plan and issuing findings as letter -reports with seal, license number, and signature. When SPCC Plan is required, periodically evaluating the SPCC Plan and providing recommendations for compliance with Laws and Regulations, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6) Certifying that: a) it is familiar with the Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112, and b) it has visited, examined, and is familiar with the Site, planned modifications to the Site under the Project as such modifications pertain to SPCC Laws and Regulations, and c) it has performed the evaluations and prepared SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents, and d) procedures for required testing and inspections City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 01411-4 have been established, and e) the said evaluations and SPCC Plan are adequate for the Project, and f) the said evaluations and SPECC Plan conform to all Laws and Regulations, applicable industry standards, and to prevailing standards of practice. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: With each evaluation letter and SPCC Plan submittal, include certification signed by preparer of submittal that the submittal conforms to the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Signature on all certifications shall be original. 2. Evaluations: a. Submit letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project. Submit evaluation no later than fourteen days after the Contract Times commence running, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. b. Submit updated evaluations as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated evaluation no later than seven days after the conditions at the Site change, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 3. SPCC Plan: When SPCC Plan is required: a. Submit to CITY. Submit within fourteen days of receipt of CITY's acceptance of evaluation submittal. b. Update and resubmit the SPCC Plan, or acceptable SPCC Plan amendments, as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated SPCC Plan or amendments no later than seven days after the change in conditions at the Site change giving rise to the SPCC Plan change or amendment, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 4. SPPC Plan Distribution: When SPCC Plan is required, submit copies of letters transmitting SPCC Plan and amendments (if any) to contractors and Subcontractors working at the Site. 5. Qualifications Statements: CONTRACTOR's professional engineer, when requested by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan 01411-5 SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions and terminology applicable to all the Contract Documents are included in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. B. Terminology used in the Specifications includes: 1. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar locations in the Contract Documents. Terminology such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference without limitation on the location. 2. "Installer", "applicator", or "erector" is CONTRACTOR or another entity engaged by CONTRACTOR, either as an employee or Subcontractor, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application or similar Work. Installers shall be experienced in the Work that installer is engaged to perform. a. The term "experienced", when used with the term "installer" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; being familiar with Laws and Regulations; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and complying with requirements of the Supplier of the material or equipment being installed. 3. Trades: Use of a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents or required by Laws or Regulations. Such terminology also does not imply that specified requirements apply exclusively to trade personnel of the corresponding generic name. 4. "Assigned specialists" and similar terms: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by specialists recognized as experts in those operations. Engage said specialists for those activities, and their engagement is a requirement over which CONTRACTOR has no option. These requirements do not conflict with enforcement of building codes and other Laws and Regulations. Also, such requirements are not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-1 00992-0230 responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 APPLICABLE CODES A. References in the Contract Documents to local code(s) shall mean the following: 1. State of Florida. 2. City of Clearwater. 3. National Electric Code. 4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS A. Common abbreviations that may be found in the Contract Documents are listed below, alphabetically by their written -out meaning: alternating current a -c ampere A Architectural Barriers Act ABA Americans with Disabilities Act ADA Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines ADAAG ante meridian a.m. average avg biochemical oxygen demand BOD brake horsepower bhp British thermal unit Btu Centigrade (or Celsius) C chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CPVC chlorofluorocarbons CFC Code of Federal Regulations CFR cubic inch cu in cubic foot cu ft cubic yard cu yd, or CY cubic feet per minute cfm cubic feet per second cfs decibel db degree Centigrade (or Celsius) (Write) degrees C or °C degrees Fahrenheit degrees F or °F City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-2 00992-0230 diameter dia direct current d -c dollars $ each ea efficiency eff Fahrenheit F feet ft feet per hour fph feet per minute fpm feet per second fps figure Fig flange flg foot-pound ft -lb gallon gal gallons per hour gph gallons per minute gpm gallons per second gps gram g grams per liter g!L Hertz Hz horsepower hp or HP hour hr human -machine interface HMI inch in. inches water gage in. w.g. inch -pound in. -lb inside diameter ID iron pipe size IPS thousand pounds kips thousand pounds per square inch ksi kilovolt -ampere kva kilowatt kw kilowatt-hour kwhr or kwh linear foot lin ft or LF liter L City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-3 00992-0230 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (USGBC) LEED maximum max mercury Hg milligram mg milligrams per liter mg/I or mg/L milliliter ml millimeter mm million gallons per day mgd or MGD million gallon MG minimum min national pipe threads NPT net positive suction head NPSH net positive suction head available NPSHA net positive suction head required NPSHR nitrogen oxide (total concentration of mono -nitrogen oxides NOx such as nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2)) nominal pipe size NPS number no. operator interface terminal OIT ounce oz ounce -force ozf outside diameter OD parts per hundred pph parts per million ppm parts per billion ppb polyvinyl chloride PVC post meridian p.m. pound lb pounds per square inch psi pounds per square inch absolute psia pounds per square inch gauge psig pounds per square foot psf process control system PCS programmable logic controller PLC revolutions per minute rpm City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-4 00992-0230 second sec specific gravity sp gr, or SG square sq square foot sq ft, or sf square inch sq in. square yard sq yd, or SY standard std standard cubic feet per minute scfm total dynamic head TDH totally -enclosed fan -cooled TEFC volt V volts alternating current vac volts direct current vdc volatile organic compounds VOC 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, relative to reference standards and resolving discrepancies between reference standards and the Contract Documents. Provisions of reference standards are in effect in accordance with the Specifications. B. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in the Work shall be familiar with reference standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable reference standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where reference standards are needed for a construction activity, obtain copies of standards from the publication source. C. Abbreviations and Names: Where reference standards, specifications, codes, manuals, Laws or Regulations, or other published data of international, national, regional or local organizations are referred to in the Contract Documents, the organization issuing the standard may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. Following acronyms or abbreviations that may appear in the Contract Documents shall have the meanings indicated below. Listing is alphabetical by acronym. AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-5 00992-0230 ACS American Chemical Society ADSC- International Association of Foundation Drilling. IAFD AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies AF&PA American Forest and Paper Association ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (formerly Anti - Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)) AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Movement and Control Association AMP National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Architectural Metal Products Division ANSI American National Standards Institute APA The Engineered Wood Association API American Petroleum Institute APHA American Public Health Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society for Non -Destructive Testing ASQ American Society for Quality ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BAAQMD Bay Area Air Quality Management District City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-6 00992-0230 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association CDA Copper Development Association CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CISCA Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung eV (German Institute for Standardization) DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. ETL Intertek Testing Services, Inc. (formerly ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc.) FCC Federal Communications Commission FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency FHWA Federal Highway Administration FM Factory Mutual (FM Global) FRPI Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics Institute FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America HEW United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers Institute HUD United States Department of Housing and Urban Development IBC International Building Code ICC International Code Council ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISA Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (formerly Instrument Society of America) ISO Insurance Services Office City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-7 00992-0230 ISO International Organization for Standardization LPI Lightning Protection Institute MIA Marble Institute of America ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MS Military Specifications MSS Manufacturers' Standardization Society MMA Monorail Manufacturers Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NAPF National Association of Pipe Fabricators, Inc. NARUC National Association of Regulatory Utilities Commissioners NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NBS United States Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NHPMA Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers Association NIST United States Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NSSGA National Stone, Sand, and Gravel Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PFI Pipe Fabrication Institute PPI Plastics Pipe Institute PGMC Primary Glass Manufacturers Council PS Product Standards Section, United States Department of City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-8 00992-0230 Commerce RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (part of AISC) RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SCAQMD Southern California Air Quality Management District SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturing Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Society for Protective Coatings SWI Steel Window Institute TCNA Tile Council of North America TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. USAB United States Access Board USDOE United States Department of Energy USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency USGBC United States Green Building Council USGS United States Geological Survey USPHS United States Public Health Service WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCMA Wood Component Manufacturers Association WDMA Window and Door Manufacturers Association WWEMA Water and Wastewater Equipment Manufacturers Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal References 16 -0032 -UT 01420-9 00992-0230 SECTION 01452 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for services of independent testing laboratory to perform specified services. 2. Inspection, sampling, and testing shall be as specified in the Specifications including but not limited to: a. Section 03930, Concrete Rehabilitation b. Other tests in the Contract Documents that are not specifically assigned to others. 3. CONTRACTOR shall pay for: a. Tests not specifically indicated in the Contract Documents as being CITY's responsibility. b. Tests made for CONTRACTOR's convenience. c. Repeat tests required because of CONTRACTOR's negligence or defective Work, and retesting after failure of test for the same item to comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Testing laboratory is not authorized to approve or accept any portion of the Work or defective Work; rescind, alter, or augment requirements of Contract Documents; and perform duties of CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ASTM E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 2. ISO/IEC 17025, General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories. 3. NIST SRM, Standard Reference Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Testing Laboratory: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 16 -0032 -UT 01452-1 00992-0230 a. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM E329. b. Testing laboratory shall be licensed to operate in the same state as the Site. Where applicable, laboratory shall be certified by the authority having jurisdiction for the types of testing required. c. Testing equipment used by laboratory shall be calibrated at maximum intervals of twelve months by devices of accuracy traceable to one of the following: NIST SRM, ISO/IEC 17025, certified by state or local bureau of weights and measures, or values of natural physical constants generally accepted in the engineering and scientific community. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Quality Control Submittals and Test Reports: Testing laboratory shall promptly submit to CONTRACTOR results of testing and inspections, including: a. Date issued. b. Project title, number, and name of the Site. c. Testing laboratory name and address. d. Name and signature of inspector or person obtaining samples. e. Date of inspection or sampling. f. Record of temperature and weather. g. Date of test. h. Identification of material or product tested, and associated Specification Section. i. Location in the Project. j. Type of inspection or test. k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Qualifications Statements: a. Testing Laboratory: 1) Qualifications statement indicating experience and facilities for tests required under the Contract Documents. 2) Copy of report of inspection of facilities during most recent NIST inspection tour. Include memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported during inspection. 3) Copy of certificate of calibration for each instrument or measuring device proposed for use, by accredited calibration agency. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 16 -0032 -UT 01452-2 00992-0230 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY DUTIES A. Testing laboratory shall: 1. Cooperate with CONTRACTOR and provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. 2. Perform required inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction; comply with applicable reference standards and the Contract Documents; and ascertain compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Promptly notify CITY and CONTRACTOR of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work that are observed during performance of services. 4. Promptly submit to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of inspections and tests. 5. Perform additional tests and services, as required by CONTRACTOR. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel. 2. Provide to testing laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials and products to be tested, in required quantities. 3. Promptly submit to CITY copies of results of tests and inspections received from testing laboratory. 4. Provide to laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete and other material mixes to be tested by testing laboratory. 5. Provide labor and facilities: a. For access to the Work to be tested, and where required, to Suppliers' operations. b. For obtaining and handling samples at the Site. c. For facilitating inspections and tests. d. For testing laboratory's exclusive use for storing and curing of test samples. e. Forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders. 6. Notify laboratory and CITY sufficiently in advance of operations to allow assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 7. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional services, sampling, and testing required for CONTRACTOR's convenience. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 16 -0032 -UT 01452-3 00992-0230 SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary utilities required for the Project. 1. Make all arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services and obtain required permits and approvals for temporary utilities. 2. Pay all utility service costs, including cost of electricity, water, fuel, and other utility services required for the Work. 3. Continuously maintain adequate utilities for all purposes during the Project, until removal of temporary utilities and temporary facilities. At minimum, provide and maintain temporary utilities through Substantial Completion and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. 4. Should CITY occupy part of the Project prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, cost of utilities consumed via temporary utilities serving the portion occupied by CITY will be shared proportionately between CITY and CONTRACTOR as mutually agreed to by the parties. 5. Maintain, including cleaning, temporary utilities and continuously provide consumables as required. 6. Temporary utilities and temporary facilities shall be adequate for personnel using the Site and requirements of Project. 7. Provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities in compliance with Laws and Regulations and, when applicable, requirements of utility owners. B. Provide the following temporary utilities: 1. Electricity. 2. Lighting. 3. Telephone and communications. 4. Heating, ventilating, and temporary enclosures. 5. Water. 6. Sanitary facilities. 7. First-aid facilities. 8. Fire protection. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Electrical: 1. Provide temporary electrical service required for the Work and per Specification 01510, including continuous power for temporary field offices and sheds. Provide temporary outlets with circuit breaker protection and ground fault protection. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Utilities 01510-1 B. Lighting. 1. Minimum lighting shall be five foot-candles for open areas and ten foot- candles for stairs and shops. Provide minimum of one, 300 -watt lamp every 15 feet in indoor Work areas. Provide night security lighting of five foot-candles, minimum, within 50 feet of all parts of the Site during hours of darkness, controlled by photocell. C. Telephone and Communications. 1. Provide temporary telephone and communications required for CONTRACTOR's operations at the Site and for summoning emergency medical assistance. D. Heating, Ventilating, and Enclosures. 1. Provide sufficient temporary heating, ventilating, and enclosures to ensure safe working conditions and prevent damage to existing facilities and the Work. 2. Except where otherwise specified, temporary heating shall maintain temperature of the area served between 50 degrees F and maximum design temperature of building or facility and its contents. 3. Maintain temperature of areas occupied by CITY's personnel or electronic equipment, including offices, lunch rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, and rooms containing computers, microprocessors, and control equipment, between 65 degrees F and 80 degrees F with relative humidity less than 75 percent. 4. Required temperature range for storage areas and certain elements of the Work, including preparation of materials and surfaces, installation or application, and curing as applicable, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents for the associated Work and the Supplier's recommended temperature range for storage, application, or installation, as appropriate. 5. Provide temporary ventilation sufficient to prevent accumulation in construction areas and areas occupied by CITY of hazardous and nuisance levels or concentrations of dust and particulates, mist, fumes or vapors, odors, and gases, associated with construction. 6. Provide temporary enclosures and partitions required to maintain required temperature and humidity. E. Water. 1. Provide temporary water facilities including piping, valves, meters if not provided by owner of existing waterline, backflow preventers, pressure regulators, and other appurtenances. Provide freeze -protection as required. 2. Provide water for temporary sanitary facilities, field offices, Site maintenance and cleaning and, when applicable, disinfecting and testing of systems. 3. Continuously maintain adequate water flow and pressure for all purposes City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Utilities 01510-2 during the Project, until removal of temporary water system. F. Sanitary Facilities. 1. Provide suitably -enclosed chemical or self-contained toilets for CONTRACTOR's employees and visitors to the Site. Location of temporary toilets shall be acceptable to CITY. 2. Provide supply of potable drinking water and related facilities and consumables for all personnel using the Site. 3. Provide suitable temporary washing facilities for employees and visitors. G. First-aid Facilities. 1. Provide temporary first-aid stations at or immediately adjacent to the Site's major work areas, and inside CONTRACTOR's temporary field office. Locations of first-aid stations shall be determined by CONTRACTOR's safety representative. 2. Provide list of emergency telephone numbers at each hardwired telephone at the Site. List shall be in accordance with the list of emergency contact information required in Section 01301, Pre - Construction Conference. H. Fire Protection. 1. Provide temporary fire protection, including portable fire extinguishers rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building and for every 3,000 square feet of floor area under construction. 2. Comply with NFPA 241, Safeguarding Building Construction, Alternation, and Demolition Operations, and requirements of fire marshals and authorities having jurisdiction at the Site. 1.3 USE OF CITY'S SYSTEM A. Use of Permanent Utility Systems Provided Under the Project: 1. Permanent electrical, lighting, water, heating, ventilating, and fire protection systems and first-aid facilities may be used to provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities if the following are met: a. Obtain CITY's written permission to use permanent systems. b. Permanent systems to be used for temporary utilities or temporary facilities shall have achieved Substantial Completion, including complete functionality of all controls. c. CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs while using permanent system, including operation, maintenance, replacement of consumables, and provide replacement parts. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Utilities 01510-3 2. Do not use the following permanent facilities: a. Telephone and communication facilities. b. Sanitary facilities. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for temporary systems may be new or used, but shall be adequate for purposes intended and shall not create unsafe conditions, and shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Provide required materials, equipment, and facilities, including piping, wiring, and controls. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary facilities in neat, orderly, manner, and make structurally, mechanically, and electrically sound throughout. B. Location of Temporary Utilities and Temporary Facilities: 1. Locate temporary systems for proper function and service. 2. Temporary systems shall not interfere with or provide hazards or nuisances to: the Work under this and other contracts, movement of personnel, traffic areas, materials handling, hoisting systems, storage areas, finishes, and work of utility companies. 3. Do not install temporary utilities on the ground, with the exception of temporary extension cords, hoses, and similar systems in place for short durations. C. Modify and extend temporary systems as required by progress of the Work. 3.2 USE A. Maintain temporary systems to provide safe, continuous service as required. B. Properly supervise operation of temporary systems: 1. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Enforce safe practices. 3. Prevent abuse of services. 4. Prevent nuisances and hazards caused by temporary use. 5. Prevent damage to finishes. 6. Ensure that temporary systems and equipment continuous progress of construction. systems and their do not interrupt City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Utilities 01510-4 C. At end of each work day, check temporary systems and verify that sufficient consumables are available to maintain operation until work is resumed at the Site. Provide additional consumables if the supply on hand is insufficient. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary utilities, facilities, equipment, and materials when no longer required. Repair damage caused by temporary systems and their removal and restore the Site to condition required by the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. B. Where temporary utilities are disconnected from existing utility, provide suitable, watertight or gastight (as applicable) cap or blind flange, as applicable, on service line, in accordance with requirements of utility owner. C. When permanent utilities and systems that were used for temporary utilities, upon Substantial Completion replace all consumables such as filters and Tight bulbs and parts used during the Work. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Utilities 01510-5 SECTION 01511 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary electrical service during the Project. At minimum, provide temporary electrical service through Substantial Completion of the entire Project and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. B. Cost of electricity used for the Project, including cost of electricity for start-up and testing, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. C. Source: Electric power for temporary electrical service is available from Duke Energy unless an agreement from the CITY establishes a source from their distribution. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein, the Point of connection to power source shall be determined by Duke or the CITY. D. Limits of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Provide and maintain temporary electric service so that electricity can be obtained at all locations within the Project's work areas using extension of no more than 100 feet. 2. Temporary electric service required beyond limits shown or indicated shall be provided by contractor requiring such power, who shall provide their own portable generator or other means of temporary electric service. 3. Each contractor using temporary electric service shall provide their own extension cords, drop lights, power tools, other small devices, and distribution system. E. Continuously provide electric power to construction field offices and sheds. F. Unless existing equipment is specified as being taken temporarily out of service to accommodate portions of the Project, provide temporary electric power to maintain continuous operation of existing facilities during change over of electrical equipment. G. Restrictions: 1. Existing Systems: Modify and extend existing system for temporary electric service. 2. Obtain OWNER's permission to use electricity from existing system. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY SERVICE REQUIRED A. Materials and equipment used for temporary electric service may be new or used, and shall be in first-class, fully serviceable condition. Temporary electric service shall not create unsafe conditions. Comply with Laws and Regulations and requirements of electric utility. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Electricity 01511-1 B. Size of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Temporary electric service is required for bypass pumping, lighting, power tools, construction field offices and sheds, and similar usages. Electric space heaters, dewatering pumps and equipment, and large welding machines are not included in required temporary electric service. 2. If needed, a temporary electric system shall be 480 -volt, three-phase, 60 Hertz, with sufficient capacity to provide service for construction use by all trades and with the following minimum facilities: a. 100 ampere frame with 100 ampere trip primary circuit breaker. b. 15 KVA, three-phase transformer with 480 -volt primary and 208/120 - volt secondary, three -pole secondary safety switch, and 208/120 -volt, three-phase, four -wire distribution panel. C. Provide each electrical outlet with circuit breaker protection and comply with ground fault protection per requirements of NEC Article 406, Receptacles, Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs, and UL 943, Standard for Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary electric service in neat, orderly manner. Temporary electric service shall be structurally and electrically sound throughout. B. Modify temporary electric service and rearrange wiring as Project progress requires. C. Locate all temporary electrical facilities to avoid interfering with the Work, hoisting, materials handling, storage, traffic areas, existing operable facilities, and work under other contracts. D. CONTRACTOR is responsible for and shall return to original condition those portions of permanent electric system used in completing the Work. 3.2 USE A. Properly supervise use of temporary electric service. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations and safe practices, and prevent abuse of services. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove materials and equipment associated with temporary electric service when temporary electric service is no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by temporary electric service and its removal and restore the Site to condition in accordance with the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Electricity 01511-2 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Electricity 01511-3 SECTION 01522 - CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide field office for CONTRACTOR's use with at least the minimum facilities specified. 2. Provide required storage and work sheds. 3. Pay for required permits and utilities. Field offices and sheds shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Location: 1. Locate field offices and sheds in accordance with the Contract Documents and in accordance with the Site mobilization discussions at the preconstruction conference. C. Furnish in field office one complete set of the Contract Documents for ready reference by interested parties. In addition to the reference set, comply with Section 01782, Record Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS, FURNISHINGS, AND EQUIPMENT A. Field Office and Furnishings: 1. Construction: As required by CONTRACTOR.. 2. Furnish and maintain at CONTRACTOR's field office protective helmets for use by visitors to the Site. B. Storage and Work Sheds: 1. Provide storage and work sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate personnel, materials, and equipment involved in the Work, including temporary utility services and facilities required for environmental controls sufficient for personnel, materials, and equipment. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01522-1 1 Install field offices, sheds, and related facilities in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Install materials and equipment, including prefabricated structures, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintenance: 1. Clean and maintain field offices and sheds as required. 2. Provide consumables as required. B. Removal: 1. Do not remove field offices and sheds until after Substantial Completion of the entire Work, unless otherwise approved by CITY. 2. Remove field offices and sheds and restore areas prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01522-2 1 SECTION 01570 -TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as required to control environmental conditions at the Site and adjacent areas. ' 2. Maintain controls until no longer required. 3. Temporary controls include, but are not limited to, the following: ' a. Erosion and sediment controls. b. Noise controls. c. Dust control. d. Pest and rodent control. e. Control of water, including storm water runnoff. f. Pollution control. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions and 1 recommendations of the following: 1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection. t1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1 1. Shop Drawings: ' a. Plan for construction staging and maintenance of the Site relative to erosion and sediment controls. Indicate on a Site plan approximate areas of planned disturbance of soils and soil cover over time during the Project. For areas not indicated in the Contract Documents as being disturbed and that CONTRACTOR proposes to disturb, Shop Drawing shall include proposed erosion and 1 sediment control measures for the additional area. 2. Product Data: 1 a. Silt fencing materials. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Temporary Controls 16 -0032 -UT 01570-1 00992-0230 1. Procedural Submittals: a. Proposed dust control measures, when submittal is requested by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General: 1. Materials utilized for erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Filter Cloth: a. Mirafi Envirofence, or equal. b. Height: Two feet, minimum. c. Securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh using ties spaced at maximum intervals of two feet on centers at top and mid -height of wire mesh. 2. Wire Mesh: Supportt filter cloth with wire mesh complying with the following: a. Woven wire mesh, 14 -gauge steel wire, maximum mesh size six-inch by six-inch. b. Height: To match filter cloth height. c. Fasten wire mesh to fence supports with wire ties or staples. 3. Fence Support Posts: a. Length: Three feet, minimum. b. Material: Metal or other acceptable material with "U" or "I" cross section, or minimum 1.25 -inch by 1.25 -inch hardwood. C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Bales shall be firmly -packed, unrolled straw bound firmly with baling wire. Cross-sectional area on the small end of each bale shall be approximately 12 inches by 12 inches or larger. 2. Posts shall comply with requirements for silt fencing support posts, or may be suitable reinforcing steel. D. Mulch Materials and Soil Stabilization. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-2 1. Mulch shall be unrolled straw or salt hay. 2. Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be an inert, eco - friendly chemical manufactured for the specific purpose of erosion control and soil stabilization, applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3. Wood -fiber or paper -fiber, when used, shall be 100 percent natural and biodegradable. 4. Erosion control mat or netting shall be biodegradable. Acceptable materials include jute, excelsior, straw or coconut fiber, and cotton. E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1. Inlet Filter Bag: a. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following for each drainage inlet or catch basin to be protected: 1) Silt Sack, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental 2) Or equal. b. Inlet filter bag permeability shall be not Tess than 40 gallons per square foot of bag area exposed to the flow. Fabric shall be woven polypropylene with double stitching to prevent bursting. c. Inlet filter bags shall fit inside the drainage inlet or catch basin and shall be secured by the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. d. Inlet filter bags shall have means of removing inlet filter bag and the silt and sediment collected in the bag, without dumping filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. Filter bag is not required on pumps associated with dewatering wells. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. UltraTech Dewatering Bag, by Interstate Products. b. Filter Bag, by US Fabrics. c. Dewatering (Filter) Bag, Indian Valley Industries. d. DirtBag, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental e. Or equal. 3. Size filter bags for maximum flow of the pump. Filter bags shall be specifically fabricated for use as a dewatering pump filter bag. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-3 4. Provide sufficient spare filter bags for continuous dewatering operations. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 NOISE CONTROL A. Noise Control — General: 1. CONTRACTOR's vehicles and equipment shall minimize noise emissions to greatest degree practicable. Provide mufflers, silencers, and sound barriers when necessary. 2. Noise levels shall comply with Laws and Regulations, including OSHA requirements and local ordinances. 3. Noise emissions shall not interfere with the work of CITY or others. 3.2 DUST CONTROL A. Dust Control — General: 1. Control objectionable dust caused by CONTRACTOR's operation of vehicles and equipment, clearing, and other actions. To minimize airborne dust, apply water or use other methods subject to acceptance of CITY and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. CONTRACTOR shall prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off -Site damage, nuisances, and health hazards associated with dust emissions. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the Site shall be sprinkled with water until the surface is moist. Apply dust controls as frequently as required without creating nuisances such as excessive mud and ponding of water at the Site. 3. Remove dust from roadways and access roads at maximum intervals of seven days by mechanical brooming or other method acceptable to CITY. 3.3 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Pest and Rodent Control — General: 1. Provide rodent and pest control as required to prevent infestation of the Site and storage areas. 2. Employ methods and use materials that do not adversely affect conditions at the Site or on adjoining properties. 3. In accordance with Laws and Regulations, promptly and properly dispose of pests and rodents trapped or otherwise controlled. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-4 3.4 WATER CONTROL A. Water Control — General: 1. Provide methods to control surface water and water from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Site, and adjoining properties. 2. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses to prevent erosion, damage, or nuisance. B. Equipment and Facilities for Water Control: Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. C. Discharge and Disposal: Dispose of drainage water in manner to prevent flooding, erosion, and other damage to any and all parts of the Site and adjoining areas, and that complies with Laws and Regulations. 3.5 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Pollution Control — General: 1. Provide means, methods, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere caused by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. 2. Equipment used during construction shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Spills and Contamination: 1. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spills and to remove contaminated soils and liquids. 2. Excavate contaminated material and properly dispose of off -Site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Protection of Surface Waters: Implement special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering surface waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, and other such substances in or adjacent to surface waters and open drainage routes, in sanitary sewers, or in storm sewers. D. Atmospheric Pollutants: 1. Provide systems for controlling atmospheric pollutants related to the Work. 2. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals and vapors. 3. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into atmosphere. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-5 1 E. Solid Waste: 1 1. Provide systems for controlling and managing solid waste related to the Work. 2. Prevent solid waste from becoming airborne, and from discharging to surface waters and drainage routes. 3. Properly handle and dispose of solid waste. 3.6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Installation and Maintenance of Erosion and Sediment Controls General: 1. General: a. Provide erosion and sediment controls as shown and indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Provide erosion and sediment controls as the Work progresses into previously undisturbed areas. b. Installation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. ' c. Use necessary methods to successfully control erosion and sedimentation, including ecology -oriented construction practices, vegetative measures, and mechanical controls. Use best management practices (BMP) in accordance with Laws and Regulations, and regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, to control erosion and sedimentation during the Project. d. Plan and execute construction, disturbances of soils and soil cover, and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste ' disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. Provide temporary measures for controlling erosion and sedimentation, as indicated in the Contract Documents and as required for the Project. e. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or equipment, or for temporary facilities, provisions shall be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion and sedimentation, subject to the CITY'S approval. f. Provide erosion and sediment controls, including 1 stabilization of soils, at the end of each workday. 2. Coordination: a. Coordinate temporary erosion and sediment controls with 1 construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent necessary for economical, effective, and continuous erosion and sediment control. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Temporary Controls 16 -0032 -UT 01570-6 00992-0230 3 Before commencing activities that will disturb soil or soil cover at the Site, provide all erosion and sediment control measures required by the Contract Documents for the areas where soil or soil cover will be disturbed. 4. In general, implement construction procedures associated with, or that may affect, erosion and sediment control to ensure minimum damage to the environment during construction. CONTRACTOR shall implement any and all additional measures required to comply with Laws and Regulations. 5. Vegetation Removal: Remove only those shrubs, grasses, and other vegetation that must be removed for construction. Protect remaining vegetation. 6. Access Roads and Parking Areas: When possible, access roads and temporary roads shall be located and constructed to avoid adverse effects on the environment. Provisions shall be made to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and sedimentation, and minimize damage to vegetation. 7. Earthwork and Temporary Controls: a. Perform excavation, fill, and related operations in accordance with Section 02315. b. Control erosion to minimize transport of silt from the Site into existing waterways and surface waters. Such measures shall include, but are not limited to, using berms, silt fencing, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulching and soil stabilization, slope drains, and other methods. Apply such temporary measures to erodible materials exposed by activities associated with the construction of the Project. c. Hold to a minimum the areas of bare soil exposed at one time. d. Construct fills and waste areas by selectively placing fill and waste materials to eliminate surface silts and clays that will erode. e. In performing earthwork, eliminate depressions that could serve as mosquito pools. f. CONTRACTOR shall provide special care in areas with steep slopes, where disturbance of vegetation shall be minimized to maintain soil stability. 8. Inspection and Maintenance: a. Periodically inspect areas of earthwork and areas where soil or soil cover are disturbed to detect evidence of the start of erosion and sedimentation; apply corrective measures as required to control erosion and sedimentation. Continue inspections and corrective measures until soils are permanently stabilized and permanent vegetation has been established City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-7 b. Repair or replace damaged erosion and sediment controls within 24 hours of CONTRACTOR becoming aware of such damage. c. Periodically remove silt and sediment that has accumulated in or behind sediment and erosion controls. Properly dispose of silt and sediment. 9. Duration of Erosion and Sediment Controls: a. Maintain erosion and sediment controls in effective working condition until the associated drainage area has been permanently stabilized. b. Maintain erosion and sediment controls until the Site is restored and site improvements including landscaping, if any, are complete with underlying soils permanently stabilized. 10. Work Stoppage: If the Work is temporarily stopped or suspended for any reason, CONTRACTOR shall provide additional temporary controls necessary to prevent environmental damage to the Site and adjacent areas while the Work is stopped or suspended. 11. Failure to Provide Adequate Controls: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use CITY's own forces for erosion and sediment control. Cost of such work, plus engineering and inspection costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Install and maintain silt fencing in a vertical plane. 2. Locations of Silt Fencing: a. Where possible, install silt fencing along contour lines so that each given run fencing is at the same elevation. b. On slopes install silt fencing at intervals that do not exceed the maximum intervals indicated in the following table: Slope (percent) Maximum Length of Slope Above Each Silt Fence (feet) 2 and less 150 2.1 to 5 100 5.1 to 10 50 10.1 to 20 25 20.1 to 25 20 25.1 to 40 15 40.1 to 50 10 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-8 c. Provide silt fencing around perimeter of each stockpile of topsoil, general fill material, and excavated material. Install silt fencing before expected precipitation and maintain until stockpile is removed. d. Do not install silt fencing at the following types of locations: 1) Area of concentrated storm water flows such as ditches, swales, or channels. 2) Where rock or rocky soils prevent full and uniform anchoring of silt fencing. 3) Across upstream or discharge ends of storm water piping or culverts. 3. Installation: a. Securely fasten wire mesh to posts, and securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh. b. When two sections of filter cloth abut each other, fold over edges and overlap by minimum of six inches and securely fasten to wire mesh. c. Embed posts in the ground to the depth necessary for proper controls; embed posts to at least 16 inches below ground. d. Filter cloth and wire mesh shall extend a minimum of eight inches below ground and a minimum of 16 inches above ground. e. Remove sediment accumulated at silt fencing as required. Repair and reinstall silt fencing as required. 4. Maintenance: a. Do not allow formation of concentrated storm water flows on slopes above silt fencing unless so shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. If unauthorized concentrated storm water flows occur, stabilize the slope via earthmoving and other stabilization measures as required to prevent flow of concentrated storm water flows toward silt fencing. C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Install straw bale dikes where shown or indicated, including in swales, along contours, and along toe of slopes. 2. Install bales in shallow excavation as wide as the bale and approximately four to six inches below surrounding grade. 3. Ends of bale shall tightly abut ends of adjacent bales. 4. Securely install straw bales using two support posts per bale, driven into the ground a minimum of 1.5 to two feet below bottom of bale. Top of post shall be flush with top of bale. Angle first post for each bale toward the previously -installed bale. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-9 5. Frequently inspect bales and repair or replace as required. Remove accumulated silt and debris from behind straw bales. D. Mulching and Soil Stabilization: 1. Use mulching to temporarily stabilize exposed soil and fill material. a. Immediately following final grading, provide mulch and stabilize with mats or netting, or sprayed soil stabilization emulsion with fiber additive. b. Application of mulching for soil stabilization shall be as follows. 1) Unrotted Straw or Salt Hay: 1.5 to two tons per acre. 2) Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and shall be applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3) Wood -fiber or Paper -fiber Application: 1,500 lbs. per acre, installed by hydroseeding. c. Where mats or netting are used: 1) Cover entire area to be stabilized with mats or netting. 2) Provide anchoring trenches at the top and bottom of slopes to receive mats or netting. Bury at least the top and bottom ends of mat or netting, four inches or more wide, at top and bottom of slope. Tamp trench full of soil. Four inches from trench, secure mat or netting with appropriate staples spaced at intervals of 10 inches. 3) Overlap adjacent strips of mat or netting by at least four inches. E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1. Protect each drainage inlet and catch basin that has the potential to receive storm water runoff from exposed soils, and does not discharge into a storm water settlement basin. 2. Install inlet filter bags inside of drainage inlet or catch basin in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure inlet filter bag with the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. 3. Inlet filter bags shall not pose any obstruction above the elevation of the drainage inlet or catch basin grate requiring barricades or flashers. 4. When removing silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, do not dumpi filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5. Remove silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, or replace inlet filter bag, when inlet filter bag is not more than half full. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide dewatering of excavations in compliance with Division 2 Sections on earthmoving, excavation, and fill. 2. Locate filter bags and temporary pump discharge lines to avoid interfering with the public, use of private property, and CITY's operations. Relocate filter bags and appurtenances when required. 3. Filter bag discharge shall be directed to appropriate storm water drainage route. Do not discharge into roadways, driveways, access roads, and overland. When temporary settlement basin is used, locate filter bags to discharge to temporary settlement basin when practicable. 4. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. 5. Securely attach filter bag to pump discharge pipe or hose. 6. Maintain, clean out, and replace filter bags as required. 3.7 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Removals — General: 1. Upon completion of the Work, remove temporary controls and restore Site to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore Site to pre -construction condition. 2. After soils are permanently stabilized, remove from the Site temporary erosion and sediment controls. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Temporary Controls 01570-11 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The items listed starting with Article 1.5 of this Section refer to and are the same pay items listed in the Bid Form and constitute all pay items for completing the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, plant services, CONTRACTOR's field offices, layout surveys, Project signs, sanitary requirements, testing, safety provisions and safety devices, submittals and record drawings, water supplies, power and fuel, traffic maintenance, removal of waste, security, coordination with CITY's operations, information technology (including hardware, software, and services) required during construction, bonds, insurance, or other requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other requirements of the Contract Documents. Compensation for all services, items, materials, and equipment shall be included in prices stipulated for the unit price pay items listed in this Section and included in the Contract. B. Each unit price shall include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 1.2 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES A. ENGINEER's estimated quantities for items of Unit Price Work, as included in the Contract, are approximate only and are included solely for purpose of comparing Bids and pricing. CITY does not expressly or by implication agree that nature of materials encountered below the ground surface or actual quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the quantities included in the Contract at the time of award and reserves right to increase or decrease quantities or to eliminate quantities as the CITY may deem necessary. Except as provided in Article 1.3 of this Section, CONTRACTOR or CITY will not be entitled to adjustment in price of Unit Price Work items as a result of change in estimated quantity and agrees to accept the unit prices accepted in the Bid as complete and total compensation for additions caused by changes or alterations in the Unit Price Work directed by CITY. 1.3 ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT PRICES FOR INCREASE OR DECREASE OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. Increases or decreases in the quantity of an item of Unit Price Work will be determined by comparing total payable quantity of Unit Price Work with ENGINEER's estimated quantity indicated in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 B. Notwithstanding other provision of the Contract Documents, if total payable quantity of Unit Price Work for an item with an as -awarded total value of five percent or more of the as -awarded Contract Price, varies from ENGINEER's estimated of quantity by more than 25 percent above or below ENGINEER's estimated quantity, that item's unit price will be subject to review by CITY. If warranted, an equitable adjustment will be made by Change Order to credit CITY with reduction in cost or compensate CONTRACTOR for increased cost resulting from the change in quantity. The unit price adjustment, if any, will be based on cost increase or decrease due solely to variation above 125 percent or below 75 percent of ENGINEER's estimated quantity. C. CITY's review for possible unit price cost adjustment will be at a time CITY deems reasonable and proper. D. Payment for Unit Price Work item that has an as -awarded computed total value of less than five percent of the sum of the as -awarded total Contract Price will be made at the unit price in the Contract, regardless of an increase or decrease in quantity. 1.4 RELATED PROVISIONS A. Payments to CONTRACTOR: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Agreement. B. Changes in Contract Price: Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. C. Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01291, Schedule of Values. 1.5 BID ITEMS A. Item 1: Mobilization/Demobilization and General Conditions 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 1 shall be based on an allowance for mobilization/demobilization and General Conditions. 2. Payment for mobilization will include costs associated preparatory work and operations including moving of personnel, equipment, facility, and all else necessary to commence Work. The costs of bonds, insurance and pre - construction expenses shall also be included. 3. Payment for demobilization will include costs associated with finalizing work including but not limited to those operations necessary for the removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the project site. 4. Payment for General Conditions will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1 specifications, and any other requirements of the Contract Documents not addressed by any other of the following bid items. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Measurement and Payment 01630-2 5. Payment shall be in accordance with Section 01291. B. Item 2: Demolition 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing, bit is not limited to: all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to remove and abandon existing structures, equipment, piping, utilities, conduit, soil materials and all other items needed to be demolished or removed for installation of new facilities. Some of the items included in this Pay Item may include, but may not be limited to: removal of existing piping, conduit, power and signal wire, ductbanks, pipe supports, junction boxes, concrete, demolition and removal of blend tanks, and all appurtenant and ancillary items as indicated on the drawings, specified herein or as otherwise necessary for the completion of the Work associated with this Contract. All costs for disposal of all items needed for this Pay Item shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid. C. Item 3: Site Work 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing, bit is not limited to: all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform site work; clear and grub the project areas as required; soil erosion and sediment control, excavation, fill, compaction, sodding, silt fencing, etc. as shown on the drawings and as otherwise required to protect the existing facilities during construction; and all other appurtenant work related to this lump sum pay item as presented in the Contract Documents. D. Item 4: Piping and Appurtenances 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational yard piping system. This bid item includes, but is not limited to: ductile iron pipe, fittings, valves, joint restraints, pipe supports, flange adapters, joints and jointing materials, painting, bracing, dewatering, trenching, bedding and backfill; constructing the specified protection and adjusting of existing above ground and underground utilities and connections; disposal of spoil; hydrostatic testing; disinfecting, bacteriological testing, erosion control and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required for construction; and all other appurtenant work related to this lump sum pay item as presented in the Contract Documents. E. Item 5: Pump Modifications 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational transfer pumping system that includes modifications to each of the four (4) existing transfer pumps. In addition, this item includes City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Measurement and Payment 01630-3 scheduling with pump manufacturer, pump removal, new motors, unloading, temporary storage, shipping, installation, testing, startup, training, performance testing, Contractor warranty and all other required items. F. Item 6: Chemical Feed/Injection System 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational chemical feed/injection system that includes dual containment chemical piping and tubing, injection quill, static mixer and all other required items shown in the Drawings and Specifications. G. Item 7: Temporary Bypass Piping and Pumping 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational temporary bypass and pumping system. This pay item includes, but is not limited to: disinfection, bacteriological testing, bypass pump, variable frequency drives, programming, coordinating with pump manufacturer, temporary piping and fittings; connection to existing piping; and all other labor, plant or materials needed for a complete bypass piping and pumping system. H. Item 8: Electrical 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational electrical system, including switches, panels, junction boxes, VFD's, MCC, control panels, duct banks, lighting, site lighting, power circuitry conduit, signal wiring conduit; wiring; and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and/or specifications. Unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings, this Pay Item shall be inclusive of all electrical or electrical related components required for this Contract. Item 9: Instrumentation 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational instrumentation and controls system including installation, set- up, calibrate, and coordinate a complete instrumentation package as specified including all instruments, PLC's, software, fiber optic cable, transmitters, water quality panel, interface panels, programming terminal, and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and specifications. Unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings, this Pay Item shall be inclusive of all instrumentation and controls or related system required for this Contract. Programming will be performed by others and is not included in this Pay Item. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Measurement and Payment 01630-4 PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Measurement and Payment 01630-5 SECTION 01651 - TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING OF PRODUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes the general requirements for preparing for shipping, delivering, and handling materials and equipment. 2. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transporting, delivering, and handling of materials and equipment required for prosecution and completion of the Work. 3. When required, move stored materials and equipment without additional compensation and without changes to the Contract Times. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to individual Specification Sections for submittal requirements relative to delivering and handling materials and equipment. 1.3 PREPARING FOR SHIPMENT A. When practical, factory -assemble materials and equipment. Match mark or tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with strippable, protective coating. B. Package materials and equipment to facilitate handling, and protect materials and equipment from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate the associated purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name, CITY's contract name and number, CONTRACTOR name, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing lists and bills of materials with each shipment. C. Protect materials and equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry and dust -free at all times. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Lubricate bearings and other items requiring lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Do not ship materials and equipment until: 1. Related Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals have been approved or accepted (as applicable) by CITY, including, but not City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transportation and Handling of Products 01651-1 necessarily limited to, all Action Submittals associated with the materials and equipment being delivered. 2. Manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, and installing the associated materials and equipment have been submitted to and accepted by CITY in accordance with the Specifications. 3. Results of source quality control testing (factory testing), when required by the Contract Documents for the associated materials or equipment, have been reviewed and accepted by CITY. 4. Facilities required for handling materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions are in place and available. 5. Required storage facilities have been provided. 1.4 DELIVERY A. Scheduling and Timing of Deliveries: 1. Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with the accepted Progress Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. 2. Schedule deliveries to minimize space required for and duration of storage of materials and equipment at the Site or delivery location, as applicable. 3. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflicting with the Work and conditions at Site, and to accommodate the following: a. Work of other contractors and CITY. b. Storage space limitations. c. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling materials and equipment. d. CITY's use of premises. 4. Deliver materials and equipment to the Site during regular working hours. 5. Deliver materials and equipment to avoid delaying the Work and the Project, including work of other contractors, as applicable. Deliver anchor system materials, including anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete or masonry, in ample time to avoid delaying the Work. B. Deliveries: 1. Shipments shall be delivered with CONTRACTOR's name, Subcontractor's name (if applicable), Site name, Project name, and contract designation (example: "ABC Construction Co., City of Somewhere, Idaho, Wastewater Treatment Plant Primary Clarifier Improvements, Contract 25, General Construction") clearly marked. 2. Site may be listed as the "ship to" or "delivery" address; but CITY shall not be listed as recipient of shipment unless otherwise directed in writing by CITY. 3. Provide CONTRACTOR's telephone number to shipper; do not provide CITY's telephone number. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transportation and Handling of Products 01651-2 4. Arrange for deliveries while CONTRACTOR's personnel are at the Site. CONTRACTOR shall receive and coordinate shipments upon delivery. Shipments delivered to the Site when CONTRACTOR is not present will be refused by CITY, and CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the associated delays and additional costs, if incurred. C. Containers and Marking: 1. Have materials and equipment delivered in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. 2. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of materials and equipment to identify materials and equipment, to allow easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly. D. Inspection of Deliveries: 1. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to verify that: a. Materials and equipment comply with the Contract Documents and approved or accepted (as applicable) submittals. b. Quantities are correct. c. Materials and equipment are undamaged. d. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible. e. Materials and equipment are properly protected. 2. Promptly remove damaged materials and equipment from the Site and expedite delivery of new, undamaged materials and equipment, and remedy incomplete or lost materials and equipment to furnish materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents, to avoid delaying progress of the Work. 3. Advise CITY in writing when damaged, incomplete, or defective materials and equipment are delivered, and advise CITY of the associated impact on the Progress Schedule. 1.5 HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle materials and equipment, including those furnished by CITY, by methods that prevent soiling or damaging materials and equipment and packaging. B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring and otherwise damaging materials and equipment and surrounding surfaces. C. Handle materials and equipment by methods that prevent bending and overstressing. D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transportation and Handling of Products 01651-3 E. Handle materials and equipment in safe manner and as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent damage. Do not drop, roll, or skid materials and equipment off delivery vehicles or at other times during handling. Hand - carry or use suitable handling equipment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transportation and Handling of Products 01651-4 SECTION 01661 - STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PRODUCTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes general requirements for storing and protecting materials and equipment. 1.2 STORAGE A. Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents. B. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements and provisions necessary for, and pay all costs for, storing materials and equipment. Excavated materials, construction equipment, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be placed to avoid injuring the Work and existing facilities and property, and so that free access is maintained at all times to all parts of the Work and to public utility installations in vicinity of the Work. Store materials and equipment neatly and compactly in locations that cause minimum inconvenience to CITY, other contractors, public travel, and owners, tenants, and occupants of adjoining property. Arrange storage in manner to allow easy access for inspection. C. Areas available at the Site for storing materials and equipment are shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or as approved by CITY. D. Store materials and equipment to become CITY's property to facilitate their inspection and ensure preservation of quality and fitness of the Work, including proper protection against damage by freezing, moisture, and high temperatures with ambient temperatures as high as 100 degrees F. Store in indoor, climate -controlled storage areas all materials and equipment subject to damage by moisture, humidity, heat, cold, and other elements, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. When placing orders to Suppliers for equipment and controls containing computer chips, electronics, and solid-state devices, CONTRACTOR shall obtain, coordinate, and comply with specific temperature and humidity limitations on materials and equipment, because temperature inside cabinets and components stored in warm temperatures can approach 200 degrees F. E. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage (including theft) to stored materials and equipment. F Do not open manufacturer's containers until time of installation, unless recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-1 G Do not store materials or equipment in structures being constructed unless approved by CITY in writing. H. Do not use lawns or other private property for storage without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipping, handling, and storage, in accordance with Section 01651, Transportation and Handling of Products. B. Store all materials and equipment off the ground (or floor) on raised supports such as skids or pallets. C. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Painted equipment surfaces that are damaged or marred shall be repainted in their entirety in accordance with equipment manufacturer and paint manufacturer requirements, to the satisfaction of CITY. D. Protect electrical equipment, controls, and instrumentation against moisture, water damage, heat, cold, and dust. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be connected and operating at all times until equipment is placed in operation and permanently connected. 1.4 UNCOVERED STORAGE A. The following types of materials may be stored outdoors without cover on supports so there is no contact with the ground: 1. Reinforcing steel. 2. Precast concrete materials. 3. Structural steel. 4. Metal stairs. 5. Handrails and railings. 6 Grating. 7. Checker plate. 8. Metal access hatches. 9. Castings. 10. Fiberglass products. 11. Rigid electrical conduit. 12. Piping, except polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or chlorinated PVC (CPVC) pipe. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-2 1.5 COVERED STORAGE A. The following materials and equipment may be stored outdoors on supports and completely covered with covering impervious to water: 1. Grout and mortar materials. 2. Masonry units. 3. Rough lumber. 4. Soil materials and granular materials such as aggregate. 5. PVC and CPVC pipe. 6. Filter media. B. Tie down covers with rope, and slope covering to prevent accumulation of water. C. Store loose granular materials, with covering impervious to water, in well - drained area or on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 1.6 FULLY PROTECTED STORAGE A. Store all material and equipment not named in Articles 1.4 and 1.5 of this Section on supports in buildings or trailers that have concrete or wooden flooring, roof, and fully closed walls on all sides. Covering with visquine plastic sheeting or similar material in space without floor, roof, and walls is not acceptable. Comply with the following: 1. Provide heated storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by low temperatures or freezing. 2. Provide air-conditioned storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by high temperatures. 3. Protect mechanical and electrical equipment from being contaminated by dust, dirt, and moisture. 4. Maintain humidity at levels recommended by manufacturers for electrical and electronic equipment. 1.7 HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS A. Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and the Site. Comply with Laws and Regulations and manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. On scheduled basis, periodically inspect stored materials and equipment to ensure that: 1. Condition and status of storage facilities is adequate to provide required storage conditions. 2. Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-3 3. Materials and equipment exposed to elements are not adversely affected. B. Mechanical and electrical equipment requiring long-term storage shall have complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing each item, with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of container or package. 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions on scheduled basis. 2. Space heaters that are part of electrical equipment shall be connected and operated continuously until equipment is placed in service and permanently connected. 1.9 MICROPROCESSORS, PANELS, AND INSTRUMENTATION STORAGE A. Store panels, microprocessor -based equipment, electronics, and other devices subject to damage or decreased useful life because of temperatures below 40 degrees F or above 100 degrees F, relative humidity above 90 percent, or exposure to rain or exposure to blowing dust in climate -controlled storage space. B. Requirements: 1. Storage shall be coordinated with the CITY, to be located in an existing climate controlled location. 2. CITY has the right to inspect materials and equipment during normal working hours. 3. Placed inside each panel or device a desiccant, volatile corrosion inhibitor blocks (VCI), moisture indicator, and maximum -minimum indicating thermometer. 4. Check panels and equipment at least once per month. Replace desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator as often as required, or every six months, whichever occurs first. 5. Certified record of daily maximum and minimum temperature and humidity in storage facility shall be available for inspection by CITY. Certified record of monthly inspection, noting maximum and minimum temperature for month, condition of desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator, shall be available for inspection by CITY. C. Costs for storing climate -sensitive materials and equipment shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. Replace panels and devices damaged during storage, or for which storage temperatures or humidity range has been exceeded, at no additional cost to CITY. Delays resulting from such replacement are causes within CONTRACTOR's control. D. Do not ship panels and equipment to the Site until conditions at the Site are suitable for installation, including slabs and floors, walls, roofs, and environmental controls. Failure to have the Site ready for installation shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from complying with the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-4 1.10 RECORDS A. Keep up-to-date account of materials and equipment in storage to facilitate preparation of Applications for Payment, if the Contract Documents provide for payment for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-5 SECTION 01721 - PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions, providing all programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the Work and all public and private property and facilities from damage, as specified in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. To prevent damage, injury, or loss, CONTRACTOR's actions shall include the following: a. Storing apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that does not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or work of other contractors or utility companies. b. Providing suitable storage facilities for materials and equipment subject to damage or degradation by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or other cause. c. Placing upon the Work or any part thereof only loads consistent with the safety and integrity of that portion of the Work and existing construction. d. Frequently removing and disposing of refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by CONTRACTOR's operations so that, at all times, the Site is safe, orderly, and workmanlike in appearance. e. Providing temporary barricades and guard rails around the following: openings, scaffolding, temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, for elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Do not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter or occupy privately -owned land with personnel, tools, materials or equipment, except on lands and easements provided by CITY. 4. CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for preserving public and private property and facilities on and adjacent to the Site. Direct or indirect damage done by, or on account of, any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct by CONTRACTOR in executing the Work, shall be restored by CONTRACTOR, at his expense to condition equal to that existing before damage was done. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS A. Barricades and Warning Signals — General: 1. Where the Work is performed on or adjacent to roadway, access road, right-of-way, or public place: a. Provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, danger signals, watchmen, and take other precautionary measures for protecting persons, property, and the Work. b. Paint barricades to be visible at night. c. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade. d. Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction. e. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work. 2. Provide temporary barricades to protect personnel and property for Work not in or adjacent to vehicular travel areas, including indoor work, in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 3. CONTRACTOR's responsibility for maintaining temporary barricades, signs, lights, and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Work is accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Tree and Plant Protection — General: 1. Protect existing trees, shrubs, and plants on or adjacent to the Site, shown or designated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of trunk, branches, bark, and roots. 2. Do not store materials or equipment or park construction equipment and vehicles within the foliage drip line. 3. In areas subject to traffic, provide temporary fencing or barricades to protect trees and plants. 4. Fires are not allowed. 5. Within the limits of the Work, water trees and plants that are to remain to maintain their health during construction operations. 6. Cover exposed roots with burlap, which shall be kept continuously wet. Cover exposed roots with earth as soon as possible. Protect root systems from mechanical damage and damage by erosion, flooding, runoff, and noxious materials in solution. 7. If branches or trunks are damaged, prune branches immediately and protect cut or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt compounded specifically for horticultural use, in manner acceptable to CITY. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-2 8. When directed by CITY, remove and dispose of at location away from the Site damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury, and replace damaged tree or plant with specimen of equal or better quality. 3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Underground Facilities: 1. Underground Facilities and Structures known to CITY, except water, gas, sewer, electric, and communications services (Utilities) to individual buildings and properties, are shown on historical/record dwgs. Information shown for Underground Facilities and Structures is the best available to CITY but, in accordance with the General Conditions, is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. 2. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of trenching and excavation Work and shall uncover obstructing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and to prevent process and service interruption to facilities, budding or parcels served by Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. If CONTRACTOR damages any Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures, CONTRACTOR shall restore it to original condition, in accordance with requirements of the owner of the damaged Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and the General Conditions. 3. Necessary changes in the location of the Work may be directed by CITY to avoid Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures not shown or indicated on the Contract Documents. 4. If permanent relocation of existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is required and is not otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR will be directed in writing to perform the Work. When the relocation Work results in a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, contract modification procedures and payment for such Work shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Permanent relocation shall not be interpreted as to apply to City approved demolition of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. Such demolition and removal of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR without any additional cost to City. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-3 B. Surface Structures: 1. Surface structures are existing buildings, structures, and other facilities at or above ground surface, including their foundations or any extension below ground surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, exposed piping and utilities, poles, exposed wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, fencing, and other facilities visible at or above ground surface. 2. Existing surface facilities, including but not limited to guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers, curbs, and fencing, that are temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR's expense. C. Protection of Underground Facilities and Surface Structures: 1. CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury all Underground Facilities and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure or facility. Before proceeding with the Work of sustaining and supporting such structure or facility, CONTRACTOR shall satisfy CITY that methods and procedures to be used have been approved by party owning same. 2. CONTRACTOR shall bear all risks attending the presence or proximity of all Underground Facilities and surface structures within or adjacent to limits of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to structures and facilities. CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately damage caused by his Work, to the satisfaction of owner of damaged structure or facility. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FLOORS AND ROOFS A. Protection of Floors and Roofs — General: 1. Protect floors and roofs until acceptance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Use proper protective covering when moving heavy equipment, handling materials or other loads, when painting, handling mortar or grout, and when cleaning walls and ceilings. 3. Use metal pans to collect oil and cuttings from pipe, conduit, and rod threading machines, and under metal cutting machines. 4. Do not load concrete floors less than 28 days old without written permission of CITY. Do not load floors, roofs, or slabs in excess of design loading. 5. Do not load roofs without written permission of CITY. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6. Restrict access to roofs, and keep CONTRACTOR personnel off existing roofs, except as required for the Work. 7. If access to roofs is required, roofing, parapets, openings, and all other construction on or adjacent to roof shall be protected with suitable plywood or other acceptable means. 3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LANDSCAPING A. Protect installed materials and equipment to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed prior to completion of the Work. B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. C. Coverings: 1. Provide coverings to protect materials and equipment from damage. 2. Cover projections, wall corners and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings, in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials and equipment in subsequent work. 3.6 SITE SECURITY A. It is the City's intent to provide access control to the Marshall Street Facility site during the construction of the Work described in these specifications. B. Access — There is one gate located at this site for access during permitted work hours. C. Prior to each day, the Contractor(s) shall provide the City with a list of subcontractors, employees and delivery services expected to access the Site that day. Employees of organizations not on the list will be denied access. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-5 SECTION 01724 - CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes requirements for connections to existing facilities. Requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required for connections to existing facilities. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. D. General: 1. Requirements for temporary electrical and pumping for connections to existing facilities are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. To extent possible, materials, equipment, systems, piping, and appurtenances that will be placed into service upon completion of connection to existing facilities shall be checked, successfully tested, and in condition for operation prior to making connections to existing facilities, if valves, gates, or similar watertight and gastight isolation devices are not provided at the connection point. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Connections to Existing Facilities 01724-1 SECTION 01740 - CLEANING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall execute cleaning during the Project, at completion of the Work, and as required by the General Conditions and this Section. 2. Maintain in a clean manner the Site, the Work, and areas adjacent to or affected by the Work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. NFPA 241, Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 1.3 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean the Site, work areas, and other areas occupied by CONTRACTOR at least weekly. Dispose of materials in accordance with the General Conditions and the following: 1. Comply with NFPA 241 for removing combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold non-combustible materials at the Site more than three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. When temperature is Tess than 80 degrees F, dispose of non-combustible materials within seven days of their generation. 3. Provide suitable containers for storage of waste materials and debris. 4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately. B. Site: 1. Keep outdoor, dust -generating areas wetted down or otherwise control dust emissions. 2. At least weekly, brush -sweep roadways and paved areas at the Site that are used by construction vehicles or otherwise affected by construction activities. C. Work Areas: 1. Clean areas where the Work is in progress to level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Cleaning 16 -0032 -UT 01740-1 00992-0230 2. Remove liquid spills promptly and immediately report spills to CITY and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum entire work area, as appropriate. 4. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. D. Installed Work: Keep installed Work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of material or equipment installed, using only cleaning agents and methods specifically recommended by material or equipment manufacturer. If manufacturer does not recommend specific cleaning agents or methods, use cleaning agents and methods that are not hazardous to health and property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration until Substantial Completion. F. Cutting and Patching: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 2. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. G. Waste Disposal: 1. Properly dispose of waste materials, surplus materials, debris, and rubbish off the Site. 2. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials at the Site. 3. Do not discharge volatile or hazardous substances, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, into storm sewers or sanitary sewers. 4. Do not discharge wastes into surface waters or drainage routes. 5. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for complying with Laws and Regulations regarding storing, transporting, and disposing of waste. H. During handling and installation of materials and equipment, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials and equipment already in place. Apply protective covering where required for protection from damage or deterioration, until Substantial Completion. I. Clean completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout the construction period. 1.4 CLOSEOUT CLEANING A. Complete the following prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion: 1. Clean and remove from the Site rubbish, waste material, debris, and other foreign substances. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Cleaning 16 -0032 -UT 01740-2 00992-0230 2. Sweep paved areas broom -clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 3. Hose -clean sidewalks and loading areas. 4. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 5. Leave surface waterways, drainage routes, storm sewers, and gutters open and clean. 6. Repair pavement, roads, sod, and other areas affected by construction operations and restore to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore to pre -construction condition. 7. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to dirt -free condition, free of spatter, grease, stains, fingerprints, films, and similar foreign substances. 8. Clean, wax, and polish wood, vinyl, and painted floors. 9. Remove debris and surface dust from limited -access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. 10. In unoccupied spaces, sweep concrete floors broom -clean. 11. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glazing in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 12. Remove non -permanent tags and labels. 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore chipped, scratched, dented or otherwise marred surfaces to specified finish and match adjacent surfaces. a. Do not paint over "UL" or similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 14. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 15. Clean plumbing fixtures to sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 16. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 17. Clean lighting fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace temporary lamps provided in permanent fixtures. Replace existing lighting fixture components that are burned out or noticeably dimmed from use during construction. Replace defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. 18. Leave the Site clean, and in neat, orderly condition, satisfactory to CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Cleaning 16 -0032 -UT 01740-3 00992-0230 SECTION 01751 - STARTING AND PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall initially start up and place equipment installed under the Contract into successful operation, in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's written instructions and as instructed by Supplier at the Site. 2. Provide all material, labor, tools, and equipment required to complete equipment checkout and start-up. 3. Provide chemicals, lubricants, and other required operating fluids. 4. Provide fuel, electricity, water, filters, and other expendables required for start-up of equipment, unless otherwise specified. 5. General Activities Include: a. Cleaning, as required under other provisions of the Contract Documents. b. Removing temporary protective coatings. c. Flushing and replacing lubricants, where required by manufacturer. d. Lubrication. e. Checking shaft and coupling alignments and resetting where required. f. Checking and setting motor, pump, and other equipment rotation, safety interlocks, and belt tensions. g. Checking and correcting (if necessary) leveling plates, grout, bearing plates, anchorage devices, fasteners, and alignment of piping, conduits, and ducts that may place stress on the connected equipment. h. Sampling and bacteriological testing. i. All adjustments required. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate checkout and start-up with other contractors, as necessary. 2. Do not start up system or subsystem for continuous operation until all components of that system or subsystem, including instrumentation and controls, have been tested to the extent practicable and proven to be operable as intended by the Contract Documents. 3. CITY will provide sufficient personnel to assist CONTRACTOR in starting up equipment, but responsibility for proper operation is CONTRACTOR's. 4. Supplier shall be present during checkout, start-up, and initial operation, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. 5. Start-up of heating and air conditioning equipment and systems is dependent upon the time of year. Return to the Site at beginning of next heating or air conditioning season (as applicable) to recheck and start the appropriate systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Starting and Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-1 6. Do not start up system, unit process, or equipment without submitting acceptable preliminary operations and maintenance manuals by CONTRACTOR, in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. C. CITY's Assumption of Responsibility for Equipment and Systems: 1. CITY will assume responsibility for the equipment upon Substantial Completion. 2. Prior to turning over to CITY responsibility for operating and maintaining system or equipment: a. Provide training of operations and maintenance personnel. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts. Complete system field quality control testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Submit acceptable final operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. d. Obtain from CITY final certificate of Substantial Completion for either entire Work or the portion being turned over to CITY. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Supplier's certification of installation in accordance with Paragraph 3.1.B of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER A. When specified, furnish services of competent, qualified representatives of material and equipment manufacturers as specified, including supervising installation, adjusting, checkout, start-up, and testing of materials and equipment. B. Certification: 1. When services by Supplier are required at the Site, within 14 days after first test operation of equipment, submit to CITY a letter from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, stating that materials and equipment are installed in accordance with Supplier's requirements and installation instructions, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. In lieu of Supplier letter, submit completed form attached to this Section. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Starting and Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-2 3. Include in the final operations and maintenance manual for the associated equipment a copy of the letter or completed form, as applicable. 3.2 MINIMUM START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Bearings and Shafting: 1. Inspect for cleanliness, and clean and remove foreign matter. 2. Verify alignment. 3. Replace defective bearings and those that operate in a rough or noisy manner. 4. Grease as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Drives: 1. Adjust tension in V -belt drives and adjust vari-pitch sheaves and drives for proper equipment speed. 2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V -belts. 3. Clean and remove foreign matter before starting operation. C. Motors: 1. Check each motor for comparison to amperage nameplate value. 2. Correct conditions that produce excessive current flow and conditions that exist due to equipment malfunction. D. Pumps: 1. Check glands and seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. 2. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring. 3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, and replace if defective. 4. Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pump. E. Valves: 1. Inspect manual and automatic control valves, and clean bonnets and stems. 2. Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but allow valve stems to operate without galling. 3. Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is determined to be complete. 4. Replace packing on valves that continue to leak. 5. Remove and repair bonnets that leak. 6. After cleaning, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation of "Molycote" or "Fel-Pro". F. Verify that control valve seats are free of foreign matter and are properly positioned for intended service. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Starting and Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-3 G. Tighten flanges and other pipe joints after system has been placed in operation. Replace gaskets that show signs of leakage after tightening. H. Inspect all joints for leakage: 1. Promptly remake each joint that appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust other corrosion to form. 2. Clean threads on both parts, and apply compound and remake joints. I. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, drives, pockets, orifices, valve seats, and headers in fluid system to ensure freedom from foreign matter. J. Open steam traps and air vents, where used, and remove operating elements. Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and place back into operation. K. Remove rust, scale, and foreign matter from equipment and renew defaced surfaces. L. Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment. M. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance. Provide factory -authorized personnel for adjustment when needed. N. Check each electrical control circuit to verify that operation complies with the Contract Documents. O. Inspect each pressure gauge, thermometer, and other instruments for calibration. Replace items that are defaced, broken, or that read incorrectly. P. Repair damaged insulation. Q. Excess Gasses and Fluids: 1. Vent gasses trapped in systems. 2. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems. 3.3 ATTACHMENTS A. The attachment listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, is a part of this Specification Section. 1. Supplier's Installation Certification Form (one page). END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Starting and Placing Equipment in Operation' 01751-4 SUPPLIER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION Contract No. and Name: Equipment Specification Section: Equipment Name: Contractor: Manufacturer of Equipment: The undersigned Supplier of the equipment described above hereby certifies that Supplier has checked the equipment installation and that the equipment, as specified in the Contract Documents, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents, and that the trial operation of the equipment has been satisfactory. Comments: Date Supplier Name (print) Signature of Supplier Date Contractor Name (print) Signature of Contractor City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Starting and Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-5 SECTION 01772 - CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Scope: 1. Section Includes. a. Substantial Completion. b. Final inspection. c. Request for final payment. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting Substantial Completion are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.3 FINAL INSPECTION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting the final inspection are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.4 REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Procedure: 1. Submit request for final payment in accordance with the Agreement and General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, using procedure specified in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. B. Request for final payment shall include: 1. Documents required for progress payments in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. 2. Documents required in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. Releases or Waivers of Lien Rights: a. When submitting releases or waivers of Lien rights, provide release or waiver by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor and Supplier that provided CONTRACTOR with labor, material, or equipment totaling $1,000 or more. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Closeout Requirements 01772-1 b. Provide list of Subcontractors and Suppliers for which release or waiver of Lien is required. • c. Each release or waiver of Lien shall be signed by an authorized representative of the entity submitting release or waiver to CONTRACTOR, and shall include Subcontractor's or Supplier's corporate seal, when applicable. d. Release or waiver of Lien may be conditional upon receipt of final payment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Closeout Requirements 01772-2 SECTION 01781 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Submit operation and maintenance data, in accordance with this Section and in accordance with requirements elsewhere in the Contract Documents, as instructional and reference manuals by operations and maintenance personnel at the Site. 2. Required operation and maintenance data groupings are listed in table(s) in Article 1.2 of this Section. At minimum, submit operation and maintenance data for: a. All equipment and systems. b. Valves, gates, actuators, and related accessories. c. Instrumentation and control devices. d. Electrical gear. 3. For each operation and maintenance manual, submit the following: a. Preliminary Submittal: Printed and bound copy of entire operation and maintenance manual, except for test data, service reports by Supplier, and electronic copies. b. Final Submittal: Printed and bound copy of complete operations and maintenance manual, including test data and service reports by Supplier, with electronic copies. 4. The City will use the bound operating and maintenance manuals and reproductions thereof to train present and future City Water Facilities Operations and Maintenance Personnel. Therefore the contents of the operating and maintenance manuals cannot be proprietary in nature. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for seeking a letter of "Fair Use Exemption" or "License for Reproduction" from the copyright holder for all documents in the operating and maintenance manual that are copyrighted. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and maintenance Data a. Submit the operations and maintenance data indicated in the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-1 Contract Documents, grouped into submittals as indicated in Table 01781-A: TABLE 01781-A - REQUIRED OPERAT ONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA Name of O&M Manual/Data For Materials or Equipment Specified in Section(s) Transfer Pumps & Motors 11206, 16150 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260 B. Quantity Required and Timing of Submittals: 1. Preliminary Submittal: a. Printed Copies: five copies, exclusive of copies required by CONTRACTOR. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. c. Submit to CITY by the earlier of: ninety days following approval of Shop Drawings and product data submittals, or ten days prior to starting training of operations and maintenance personnel, or ten days prior to field quality control testing at the Site. d. Furnish preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal in acceptable form and content, as determined by CITY, before associated materials and equipment will be eligible for payment. 2. Final Submittal: Provide final submittal prior to Substantial Completion, unless submittal is specified as required prior to an interim Milestone. a. Printed Copies: five copies. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. 1.3 FORMAT OF PRINTED COPIES A. Binding and Cover: 1. Bind each operation and maintenance manual in durable, permanent, stiff -cover binder(s), comprising one or more volumes per copy as required. Binders shall be minimum one -inch wide and maximum of two- inch wide. Binders for each copy of each volume shall be identical. 2. Binders shall be locking three-ring/"D"-ring type, or three -post type. Three-ring binders shall be riveted to back cover and include plastic sheet lifter (page guard) at front of each volume. 3. Do not fill binders to more than 75% capacity. 4. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 5. Covers shall be oil-, moisture-, and wear -resistant, including identifying information on cover and spine of each volume. 6. Provide the following information on cover of each volume: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of ", with appropriate volume -designating numbers filled in. d. Name of Project and, if applicable, Contract name and number. e. Name of building or structure, as applicable. 7. Provide the following information on spine of each volume: a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of ", with appropriate volume -designating numbers filled in. d. Project name and building or structure name. B. Pages: 1. Print pages in manual on 30 -pound (minimum) paper, 8.5 inches by 11 inches in size. 2. Reinforce binding holes in each individual sheet with plastic, cloth, or metal. When published, separately -bound booklets or pamphlets are part of the manual, reinforcing of pages within booklet or pamphlet is not required. 3. Provide each page with binding margin at least one inch wide. Punch each page with holes suitable for the associated binding. C. Drawings: 1. Bind into the manual drawings, diagrams, and illustrations up to and including 11 inches by 17 inches in size, with reinforcing specified for pages. 11 inches by 17 inches drawings shall be folded to size of text pages and printed only on one side. 2. Documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be folded and inserted into clear plastic pockets bound into the manual. Mark pockets with printed text indicating content and drawing numbers. Include no more than three drawing sheets per pocket. D. Copy Quality and Document Clarity: 1. Contents shall be original -quality copies. Documents in the manual shall be either original manufacturer -printed documents or first -generation photocopies indistinguishable from originals. If original is in color, copies shall be in color. Manuals that contain copies that are unclear, not completely legible, off -center, skewed, or where text or drawings are cut by binding holes, are unacceptable. Pages that contain approval or date stamps, comments, or other markings that cover text or drawing are City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-3 unacceptable. Faxed copies are unacceptable. 2. Clearly mark in ink to indicate all components of materials and equipment on catalog pages for ease of identification. In standard or pre-printed documents, indicate options furnished or cross out inapplicable content. Using highlighters to so indicate options furnished is unacceptable. E. Organization: 1. Coordinate with CITY to develop comprehensive, practical, and consistent indexing system for operations and maintenance data. CITY will review indexing system before operations and maintenance data is submitted. 2. Table of Contents: a. Provide table of contents in each volume of each operations and maintenance manual. b. In table of contents and at least once in each chapter or section, identify materials and equipment by their functional names. Thereafter, abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their meaning is clearly indicated in a table bound at or near beginning of each volume. Using material or equipment model or catalog designations for identification is unacceptable. 3. Use dividers and indexed tabs between major categories of information, such as operating instructions, preventive maintenance instructions, and other major subdivisions of data in each manual. 4. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment within the tabs. 1.4 FORMAT OF ELECTRONIC COPIES A. Electronic Copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Each electronic copy shall include all information included in the corresponding printed copy. 2. Submit each electronic copy on a separate compact disc (CD), unless another electronic data transfer method or format is acceptable to CITY. 3. File Format: a. Files shall be in "portable document format" (PDF). Files shall be electronically searchable. b. Submit separate file for each separate document in the printed copy. c. Within each file, provide bookmarks for the following: 1) Each chapter and subsection listed in the corresponding printed copy document's table of contents. 2) Each figure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3) Each table. 4) Each appendix. 4. Also submit drawings and figures in one of the following formats: ".bmp", ".tif, ".jpg", or ".gif". Submit files in a separate directory on the CD. 1 B. Copies of Programming and Configuration Files: I 1. Provide on CD copy of all software programming, such as programmable logic controller programs, prepared specifically for the Project. Third - party, licensed, commercially available software is excluded from requirements of this Article; submit copies of commercially -available, Ilicensed, third -party software, where required, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Submit on CD copies of system configuration prepared specifically for the I Project, such as plant monitoring system and SCADA display configurations. 3. Submit programming and configuration files together with electronic 1 copies of operation and maintenance data. 1.5 CONTENT 1 A. General: 1. Prepare each operations and maintenance manual specifically for the I Project. Include in each manual all pertinent instructions, as -built drawings as applicable, bills of materials, technical bulletins, installation and handling requirements, maintenance and repair instructions, and I other information required for complete, accurate, and comprehensive data for safe and proper operation, maintenance, and repair of materials and equipment furnished for the Project. Include in manuals specific I information required in the Specification Section for the material or equipment, data required by Laws and Regulations, and data required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Completeness and Accuracy: I a. Operation and maintenance manuals that include language stating or implying that the manual's content may be insufficient or stating I that the manual's content is not guaranteed to be complete and accurate are unacceptable. b. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be complete and I c. accurate. Operation and maintenance manuals shall indicate the specific alternatives and features furnished, and the specific operation and maintenance provisions for the material or equipment furnished. I3. Submit complete, detailed written operating instructions for each material or equipment item including: function; operating characteristics; limiting 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0032 -UT 01781-5 1 00992-0230 conditions; operating instructions for start-up, normal and emergency conditions; regulation and control; operational troubleshooting; and shutdown. Also include, as applicable, written descriptions of alarms generated by equipment and proper responses to such alarm conditions. B. Submit written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance procedures. C. Submit complete, detailed, written preventive maintenance instructions including all information and instructions to keep materials, equipment, and systems properly lubricated, adjusted, and maintained so that materials, equipment, and systems function economically throughout their expected service life. Instructions shall include: 1. Written explanations with illustrations for each preventive maintenance task such as inspection, adjustment, lubrication, calibration, and cleaning. Include pre -startup checklists for each equipment item and maintenance requirements for long-term shutdowns. 2. Recommended schedule for each preventive maintenance task. 3. Lubrication charts indicating recommended types of lubricants, frequency of application or change, and where each lubricant is to be used or applied. 4. Table of alternative lubricants. 5. Troubleshooting instructions. 6. List of required maintenance tools and equipment. D. Submit complete bills of material or parts lists for materials and equipment furnished. Lists or bills of material may be furnished on a per -drawing or per - equipment assembly basis. Bilis of material shall indicate: 1. Manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and Internet website address. 2. Manufacturer's local service representative's or local parts supplier's name, address, telephone number, fax number, Internet website address, and e-mail addresses, when applicable. 3. Manufacturer's shop order and serial number(s) for materials, equipment or assembly furnished. 4. For each part or piece include the following information: a. Parts cross-reference number. Cross-reference number shall be used to identify the part on assembly drawings, Shop Drawings, or other type of graphic illustration where the part is clearly shown or indicated. b. Part name or description. c. Manufacturer's part number. d. Quantity of each part used in each assembly. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-6 E. Submit complete instructions for ordering replaceable parts, including reference numbers (such as shop order number or serial number) that will expedite the ordering process. F. Submit manufacturer's recommended inventory levels for spare parts, extra stock materials, and consumable supplies for the initial two years of operation. Consumable supplies are items consumed or worn by operation of materials or equipment, and items used in maintaining the operation of material or equipment, including items such as lubricants, seals, reagents, and testing chemicals used for calibrating or operating the equipment. Include estimated delivery times, shelf life limitations, and special storage requirements. G. Submit manufacturer's installation and operation bulletins, diagrams, schematics, and equipment cutaways. Avoid submitting catalog excerpts unless they are the only document available showing identification or description of particular component of the equipment. Where materials pertain to multiple models or types, mark the literature to indicate specific material or equipment supplied. Marking may be in the form of checking, arrows, or underlining to indicate pertinent information, or by crossing out or other means of obliterating information that does not apply to the materials and equipment furnished. H. Submit original -quality copies of each approved and accepted Shop Drawing, product data, and other submittal, updated to indicate as -installed condition. Reduced drawings are acceptable only if reduction is to not less than one-half original size and all lines, dimensions, lettering, and text are completely legible on the reduction. I. Submit complete electrical schematics and wiring diagrams, including complete point-to-point wiring and wiring numbers or colors between all terminal points. J. Programmable Logic Controllers: If programmable logic controllers are furnished under the Contract: 1. Submit complete logic listings in function block diagram format. 2. Format Requirements: a. For function block diagram, label each function block with understandable tags or descriptive labels. Describe purpose and action of each function block. 3. Submit complete programmable logic controller listing of all input/output address assignments, tag assignments, and pre-set constant values, with functional point descriptions. 4. Submit complete manufacturer's programming manuals. K. Submit copy of warranty bond and service contract as applicable. L. When copyrighted material is used in operations and maintenance manuals, obtain City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-7 copyright holder's written permission to use such material in the operation and maintenance manual. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Operations and Maintenance Data 01781-8 SECTION 01782 - RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and submit to CITY with record documents in accordance with the Specifications, General Conditions, and Special Conditions. B. Maintenance of Record Documents: 1. Maintain in CONTRACTOR's field office, in clean, dry, legible condition, complete sets of the following record documents: Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda; Shop Drawings, Samples, and other CONTRACTOR submittals, including records of test results, approved or accepted as applicable, by CITY; Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, photographic documentation, survey data, and all other documents pertinent to the Work. 2. Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access to record documents. File record documents in accordance with the edition of the Construction Specification Institute's "MasterFormat" used for organizing the Project Manual, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Make record documents available for inspection upon request of CITY. 4. Do not use record documents for purpose other than serving as Project record. Do not remove record documents from CONTRACTOR's field office without CITY's approval. C. Submittal of Record Documents: 1. Submit to CITY the following record documents: a. Drawings. b. Project Manual including Specifications and Addenda (bound). 2. Prior to readiness for final payment, submit to CITY one copy of final record documents. Submit complete record documents; do not make partial submittals. 3. Submit record documents with transmittal letter on CONTRACTOR letterhead complying with letter of transmittal requirements in Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 4. Record documents submittal shall include certification, with original signature of official authorized to execute legal agreements on behalf of CONTRACTOR, reading as follows: "[Insert Contractor's corporate name] has maintained and submitted record documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Special Conditions, Section 01782, Record Documents, and other elements of Contract Documents, for the City of Clearwater, Florida, City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Record Documents 01782-1 Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs We certify that each record document submitted is complete, accurate, and legible relative to the Work performed under our Contract, and that the record documents comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. [Provide signature, print name, print signing party's corporate title, and date]" 1.2 RECORDING CHANGES A. General: 1. At the start of the Project, label each record document to be submitted as, "PROJECT RECORD" using legible, printed letters. Letters on record copy of the Drawings shall be two inches high. 2. Keep record documents current. Make entries on record documents within two working days of receipt of information required to record the change. 3. Do not permanently conceal the Work until required information has been recorded. 4. Accuracy of record documents shall be such that future searches for items shown on the record documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from CITY -accepted record documents. 5. Marking of Entries: a. Use erasable, colored pencils (not ink or indelible pencil) for marking changes, revisions, additions, and deletions to record documents. b. Clearly describe the change by graphic line and make notations as required. Use straight -edge to mark straight lines. Writing shall be legible and sufficiently dark to allow scanning of record documents into legible electronic files. c. Date all entries on record documents. d. Call attention to changes by drawing a "cloud" around the change(s) indicated. e. Mark initial revisions in red. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for subsequent changes. B. Drawings: 1. Record changes on copy of the Drawings. Submittal of CONTRACTOR -originated or -produced drawings as a substitute for recording changes on the Drawings is unacceptable. 2. Record changes on plans, sections, schematics, and details as required for clarity, making reference dimensions and elevations (to Project datum) for complete record documentation. 3. Record actual construction including: a. Depths of various elements of foundation relative to Project datum. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Record Documents 01782-2 b. Horizontal and vertical location of Underground Facilities referenced to permanent surface improvements. For each Underground Facility, including pipe fittings, provide dimensions to at least two permanent, visible surface improvements. c. Location of exposed utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Changes in structural and architectural elements of the Work, including changes in reinforcing. e. Field changes of dimensions, arrangements, and details. f. Changes made in accordance with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. g. Changes in details on the Drawings. Submit additional details prepared by CONTRACTOR when required to document changes. 4. Recording Changes for Schematic Layouts: a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items are shown schematically and are not intended to portray physical layout. For such cases, the final physical arrangement shall be determined by CONTRACTOR subject to acceptance by CITY. b. Record on record documents all revisions to schematics on Drawings, including: piping schematics, ducting schematics, process and instrumentation diagrams, control and circuitry diagrams, electrical one -line diagrams, motor control center layouts, and other schematics when included in the Contract. Record actual locations of equipment, lighting fixtures, in-place grounding system, and other pertinent data. c. When dimensioned plans and dimensioned sections on the Drawings show the Work schematically, indicate on the record documents, by dimensions accurate to within one inch in the field, centerline location of items of Work such as conduit, piping, ducts, and similar items 1) Clearly identify the Work item by accurate notations such as "cast iron drain", "rigid electrical conduit", "copper waterline", and similar descriptions. 2) Show by symbol or note the vertical location of Work item; for example, "embedded in slab", "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and similar designations. For piping not embedded, also provide elevation dimension relative to Project datum. 3) Descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to be related to Specifications. d. CITY may furnish written waiver of requirements relative to schematic layouts shown on plans and sections when, in CITY's City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Record Documents 01782-3 judgment, dimensioned layouts of Work shown schematically will serve no useful purpose. Do not rely on waiver(s) being issued. 5. Supplemental Drawings: a. In some cases, drawings produced during construction by CITY or CONTRACTOR supplement the Drawings and shall be included with record documents submitted by CONTRACTOR. Supplemental record drawings shall include drawings provided with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders and that cannot be incorporated into the Drawings due to space limitations. b. Supplemental drawings provided with record drawings shall be integrated with the Drawings and include necessary cross- references between drawings. Supplemental record drawings shall be on sheets the same size as the Drawings. c. When supplemental drawings developed by CONTRACTOR using computer-aided drafting/design (CADD) software are to be included in record drawings, submit electronic files for such drawings in AutoCAD MEP 2011 as part of record drawing submittal. Submit electronic files on compact disc labeled, "Supplemental Record Drawings", together with CONTRACTOR name, Project name, and Contract name and number. C. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Mark each Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually provided. b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. 1.3 ELECTRONIC FILES FURNISHED BY CITY A. CADD files will be furnished by CITY upon the following conditions: 1. Layering system incorporated in CADD files shall be maintained as transmitted by CITY. CADD files transmitted by CITY containing cross-referenced files shall not be bound by CONTRACTOR. Drawing cross-references and paths shall be maintained. If CONTRACTOR alters layers or cross-reference files, CONTRACTOR shall restore all layers and cross-references prior to submitting record documents to CITY. 2. CONTRACTOR shall submit record drawings to CITY in same CADD format that files were furnished to CONTRACTOR. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Record Documents 01782-4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Record Documents 01782-5 SECTION 01783 - SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish spare parts data and extra materials for materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. List of Spare Parts and Extra Materials: With the Shop Drawings and product data for each Specification Section, submit a complete list of spare parts, extra stock materials, maintenance supplies, and special tools required for maintenance ("spare parts and extra materials") for two years of operation, with unit prices in current United States funds, and source(s) of supply for each. C. Packaging and Labeling: Furnish spare parts and extra materials in manufacturer's unopened cartons, boxes, crates, or other original, protective covering suitable for preventing corrosion and deterioration for maximum length of storage normally anticipated by manufacturer. Packaging of spare parts and extra materials shall be clearly marked and identified with name of manufacturer, applicable equipment, part number, part description, and part location in the equipment. Protect and package spare parts and extra materials for maximum shelf life normally anticipated by manufacturer. D. Storage Prior to Delivery to CITY: Prior to furnishing spare parts and extra materials to CITY, store spare parts and extra materials in accordance with the Contract Documents and manufacturers' recommendations. E. Delivery Time and Eligibility for Payment: 1. Deliver to CITY spare parts and extra materials prior to date of Substantial Completion for equipment or system associated with the spare parts and extra materials. Do not deliver spare parts and extra materials before commencing start-up for associated equipment or system. 2. Spare parts and extra materials are not eligible for payment until delivered to CITY and CONTRACTOR's receipt of CITY's countersignature on letter of transmittal. F. Procedure for Delivery to CITY: Deliver spare parts and extra materials to CITY's permanent storage rooms at the Site or area(s) at the Site designated by CITY. When spare parts and extra materials are delivered, CONTRACTOR and CITY will mutually inventory the spare parts and extra materials delivered to verify compliance with the Contract Documents regarding quantity and part numbers. Additional procedures for delivering City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 01783-1 spare parts and extra materials to CITY, if required, will be developed by CITY and complied with by CONTRACTOR. G. Transfer Documentation: 1. Furnish on CONTRACTOR letterhead a letter of transmittal for spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. Letter of transmittal shall accompany spare parts and extra materials. Do not furnish letter of transmittal separate from associated spare parts and extra materials. 2. Furnish three original, identical, signed letters of transmittal for each Specification Section. Upon delivery of specified quantities and types of spare parts and extra materials to CITY, designated person from CITY will countersign each original letter of transmittal indicating CITY's receipt of spare parts and extra materials. CITY will retain one fully signed original, and CONTRACTOR shall retain one fully signed original for CONTRACTOR's file. 3. Letter of transmittal shall include the following: a. Information required for letters of transmittal in Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. b. Transmittal shall list spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. List each individual part or product and quantity furnished. e. Provide space for countersignature by CITY as follows: space for signature, space for printed name, and date. H. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for Toss or damage to spare parts and extra materials until spare parts and extra materials are received by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 01783-2 SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This section includes demolition, debris, abandoned in place and items to be salvaged as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Demolition items include, but shall not be limited to the following: a. Blend tanks b. Piping, chemical piping, lighting, handrails, conduit, electrical and control wiring and ductbanks. c. All other demolition and related items required for the completion of the work; whether or not shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accomplish all demolition work so there is no injury to any persons and no damage to adjacent structures or property. All demolition methods shall be in full compliance with municipal, county, state, and federal ordinances. Demolition work shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all municipal, county, state and federal ordinances regarding the disposal of rubble, scrap metal, and refuse. C. Demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to visit the site and inspect the nature and condition of the items to be removed and salvaged before submitting his bid. B. Dust Control: Control the amount of dust resulting from demolition to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of buildings and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Do not use water when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding and pollution. C. Protection of Existing Work: Protect existing work. Work damaged by the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Demolition 16 -0032 -UT 02050-1 00992-0230 CONTRACTOR shall be repaired to match existing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Materials used in the repair or replacement of existing work to remain shall be the higher cost of: 1) Materials specified or shown in the Contract Documents; or 2) items identical or equal to the materials used in existing work when new. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Work included in this section shall be coordinated in accordance with requirements for project sequencing and phasing, bypass pumping, and maintaining plant operations during demolition and construction. All temporary improvements shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and included in the price bid for demolition. B. The CONTRACTOR shall cut, repair, reuse, excavate, demolish or otherwise remove parts of the existing structures, pipes or appurtenances, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, herein specified, or as necessary to permit completion of the work under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of surplus materials resulting from the above work in an approved manner. The work shall include all necessary cutting and bending of reinforcing steel, structural steel, or miscellaneous metal work found embedded in the existing structures. C. The CONTRACTOR shall dismantle and remove all existing equipment, piping, and other appurtenances required for the completion of the work. Where called for or required, the contractor shall cut existing pipelines to make connections thereto. Anchor bolts for equipment and structural steel removed shall be cut off one inch below the concrete surface. Surface shall be finished as specified in the Contract Documents. D. At the time that a new connection is made to an existing pipeline, additional new piping, extending to and including a new valve, shall be installed. Pipe anchorage, if required, is part of the installation shall also be installed as directed by the CITY or ENGINEER. E. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, no existing structure, equipment, or appurtenance shall be shifted, cut, removed, or otherwise altered except with the express approval of and to the extent approved by the CITY or ENGINEER. F. When removing materials or portions of existing utility pipelines and/or structures or when making openings in walls and partitions, the CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions and use all necessary barriers and other protective devices so as not to damage the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, and not to damage the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. Unless City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Demolition 16 -0032 -UT 02050-2 00992-0230 otherwise permitted, line drilling will be required in cutting existing concrete. G. Materials and equipment removed in the course of making alterations and additions shall remain the property of the CITY, except that items not salvageable, as determined by the CITY, shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR to be disposed of by him off the work site at his expense and his own place of disposal. Operating equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned, lubricated, and greased for protection during prolonged storage. H. All alterations to existing utility pipes and structures shall be done at such time and in such manner as to comply with the approved time schedule. So far as possible before any part of the work is started, all tools, equipment, and materials shall be assembled and made ready so that the work can be completed without delay. I. All workmanship and new materials involved in constructing the alterations shall conform to the General Specifications for the classes of work insofar as such specifications are applicable. J. All cutting of existing concrete or other material to provide suitable bonding to new work shall be done in a manner to meet the requirements of the respective section of these Specifications covering the new work. K. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as nearly as possible the adjacent surfaces. L. Non -shrink grout shall be used for setting wall castings, sleeves, leveling pump bases, doweling anchors into existing concrete and elsewhere as shown. M. Where necessary or required for the purpose of making connections, the CONTRACTOR shall cut existing pipelines in a manner to provide an approved joint. Where required, he shall use flanges, or provide Dresser Couplings, all as required. N. The CONTRACTOR shall provide flumes, hoses, piping and other related items to divert or provide suitable plugs, bulkheads, or other means to hold back the flow of water or other liquids, all as required in the performance of the work under this Contract. O. Care shall be taken not to damage any part of existing buildings or foundations or outside structures. 3.2 CONNECTING TO EXISTING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall verify exact location, material, alignment, joint, etc. of existing piping and equipment prior to making the connections called out in the Drawings. The verifications shall be performed with adequate time to correct any potential alignment or other problems prior to the actual time of connection. A representative of the ENGINEER must be present for all tie-ins for a visual inspection. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Demolition 16 -0032 -UT 02050-3 00992-0230 3.3 STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS A. Remove all parts of existing structures to be demolished to a minimum depth of 3 -ft below grade unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Structures left below grade shall be punctured to allow water to pass through and prevent flotation. 3.4 EQUIPMENT A. Completely remove equipment which is designated to be removed. B. Remove concrete equipment bases if the existing bases are not to be used for new equipment. C. Completely remove isolated equipment bases. 3.5 PIPING A. Completely remove piping, conduit, and wiring in structures and buildings which are to be demolished, partially demolished, and where otherwise designated to be removed as shown on the Drawings. When not indicated on the Drawings, the removal of said piping, conduit and wiring shall be a minimum of 5 -feet from the outside of the structure or building. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule underground pipe removal and new pipe installation in order to minimize disruption of the existing piping system and reduce bypass pumping. B. Underground piping, conduit, and wiring which are designated to be abandoned and do not interfere with new work may be left in place, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Plug and seal ends of underground piping to be abandoned. C. Properly disconnect, seal and plug utility services to structures and buildings which are completely demolished. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility lines within structures and buildings which are partially demolished. 3.6 IN-PLACE GROUTING OF EXISTING PIPE A. Where water and wastewater utility pipes are to be abandoned in place, they shall be filled with a sand/cement grout as specified herein. When such pipes are constructed with asbestos cement materials, the abandonment activities shall be performed by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor as specified in these Specifications. B. Grout shall be injected within the pipe sections indicated on the Drawings. The ends of these sections shall be capped and/or plugged. The grouting program shall consist of pumping sand -cement grout with suitable chemical additives at pressures necessary to fill the pipe sections shown on the Drawings to prevent the potential for future collapse. C. The pump used for grouting should be a continuous flow, positive displacement model with a pugmill type mixing vat having a minimum shaft speed of 60 rpm and incorporated as an integral part of the equipment. Alternate equipment may City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Demolition 16 -0032 -UT 02050-4 00992-0230 be used subject to the approval of the CITY. The rate of pumping shall not exceed six (6) cubic feet per minute. The pumping pressures shall be in the range of 100 to 150 psi. D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide standpipes and/or additional means of visual inspection as required by the CITY to determine if adequate grout material has filled the entire pipe section(s). The CONTRACTOR shall make necessary provisions for the CITY's representative to monitor all grouting operations. E. All pipe to be abandoned shall be capped or plugged with a fitting or material that will prevent soil or other material from entering the pipe. All caps and plugs shall be subject to approval by the CITY. 3.7 DISPOSAL A. Equipment, piping, and materials which are designated to remain the property of the CITY shall be moved to a location within the project site designated by the CITY. B. All removed equipment, piping, and materials not specifically designated to remain the property of the CITY shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be removed from the site and properly disposed of. C. Do not allow debris and rubbish to accumulate on the site. Remove debris and rubbish from the site. 3.8 CLEAN-UP A. Clean-up in areas where other work is to be done following demolition shall be as specified in the applicable Sections. B. Clean-up the job site in areas where no other work is to be done under this Contract following demolition. Remove all debris and rubbish, temporary facilities, and equipment. Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions. Leave the work in a neat and presentable condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Demolition 16 -0032 -UT 02050-5 00992-0230 SECTION 02615 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, equipment and incidentals required, install, and test ductile iron pipe and fittings for the piping as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Piping shall be located substantially as shown on the Drawings. The ENGINEER reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid interference between pipes, conduits, utilities or for other reasons. Pipe fitting notation is for the CONTRACTOR's convenience and does not relieve him/her from installing and jointing different or additional items where required to achieve a complete piping system. C. Where the word "pipe' is used it shall refer to pipe, fittings, or appurtenances unless otherwise noted. 1.2 RELATED WORK 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit copies of design calculations in accordance with Paragraph 2.02 below. B. The location of all pipes shall conform to the locations indicated on the Drawings. Pipe shall not be supplied from inventory. C. Submit anticipated production and delivery schedule. D. Prior to shipment of pipe, submit a certified affidavit of compliance from the MANUFACTURER stating that the pipe, fittings, gaskets, linings and exterior coatings for this project have been manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA and ASTM standards and requirements specified herein. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High -Temperature Service. 2. ASTM A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High -Pressure and High -Temperature Service. 3. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-1 1. AWWA C104 - Cement -Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. 2. AWWA C105 — AWWA Standard for Polyethylene for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems 3. AWWA C110 - Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 -In Through 48 -In for Water and Other Liquids. 4. AWWA C111 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe. 6. AWWA C151 - Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids. 7. AWWA C153 - Ductile- Iron Compact Fittings, 3 -In Through 16 -In for Water and Other Liquids. 8. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1,5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each length of ductile iron pipe supplied for the project shall be hydrostatically tested at the point of manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per AWWA C151. Testing may be performed prior to machining bell and spigot. Failure of ductile iron pipe shall be defined as any rupture of the pipe wall. Certified test results shall be furnished in duplicate to the ENGINEER prior to time of shipment. B. All ductile -iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this project shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the ENGINEER sworn certificates of such tests and their results prior to the shipment of the pipe. C. All pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for compliance with this Section by an independent testing laboratory selected by the OWNER at the OWNER's expense. D. Inspection of the pipe and fittings will also be made by the ENGINEER or representative of the OWNER after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the requirements specified herein, even though sample pipes may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Pipe rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job. E. All pipe and fittings shall be permanently marked with the following information: 1. MANUFACTURER, date. 2. Size, type, class, or wall thickness. 3. Standard produced to (AWWA, ASTM, etc). City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or skidded against each other. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be used in pipe handling. B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. C. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by its MANUFACTURER. The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking shall conform to MANUFACTURER's recommendations. D. Gaskets for mechanical and push -on joints to be stored shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first -in, first -out basis. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151 and ANSI A21.51. Pipe shall be supplied in standard lengths as much as possible. 2. Thickness design shall be per AWWA C150, except provide minimum Class 350 for piping 12 -in and smaller, provide minimum Class 250 for piping 14 - inch and larger. 3. Ductile iron pipe shall be by U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company, Inc.; American Cast Iron Pipe Company or equal. B. Mechanical Joints 1. Ductile iron pipe shall have rubber-gasketpush-on joint, rubber -gasket mechanical joint, or flanged joints as shown on the Drawings. Rubber - gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Gasket shall conform to AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.1 and shall be Buna N, Neoprene or Nytryl-based rubber product approved by the Engineer. 2. Restrained joints shall be suitable for the specified pipe test pressure. All piping within the limits of project site under pressure shall be provided with restrained joints. a. Joint restraint devices for ductile iron mechanical join pipe and ductile iron mechanical joint fittings or ductile iron pipe shall be as follows. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-3 fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. b. Restrained push -on joints for push joint pipe shall be US Pipe and Foundry TR Flex, McWane Inc, Super -Lock, American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Lock -Ring or Flex Ring. c. Where shown on the Drawings or specified herein, restrained joints on existing pipe joints shall be a case by case basis to be submitted and reviewed for approval by the ENGINEER. 4. Bolts and nuts on mechanical joint or flange joint pipe and fittings shall be 304 stainless steel conforming to ANSI B16.1. C. Flanged Joints 1. Connecting pieces with one end flanged and the other end either plain -end or mechanical joint, shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-93 as specified hereinabove. Joint material for the flanged end shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR and mechanical joint accessories for connecting pieces with a mechanical joint end shall be furnished as specified for mechanical joints above. 2. Other types of flanged fittings, and flanged pipe, shall conform to the following requirements unless otherwise stated in the order. 3. Flanged fittings shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Standard C110/A21.10-93, as specified hereinabove. 4. Flanged ductile -iron pipe with integrally cast flanges shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-96, and with provisions contained above for centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe, and shall be furnished with ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges, plain faced and drilled, conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, "Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings", latest revision. Hollow back flanges are not acceptable. 5. Flanged ductile -iron pipe with threaded flanges shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-94, "Flanged Ductile - Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges", and shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 psi, minimum. The nominal thickness of flanged ductile -iron pipe, 6 - inch and larger, shall not be less than those shown in Table 1 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C115/A21.15-94. The nominal thickness of 4 -inch flanged ductile -iron pipe shall be Class 54 (min.) conforming to Tables 3 and 4 of ANSI/AWWA Standard C151/A21.51-96. The pipe shall be furnished with ANSI Standard Class 125 flanges, plain faced and drilled, conforming to ANSI Standard B16.1, latest revision. Threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the threaded pipe by the manufacturer, and shall not be interchangeable in the field. Pipe lengths shall be as ordered. Removal of flanges, cutting and re -threading the pipe, and reinstalling the flanges will not be permitted in any case. 6. All flanges on ductile -iron pipe and fittings shall be of ductile iron. Joint materials for flanged pipe and fittings shall be ANSI -sized and approved and shall consist of hot -dip galvanized carbon steel bolts and nuts, and 1/8 -inch -thick full-faced gaskets. Gaskets for sanitary sewer and force City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 main applications shall be SBR. Gaskets for water service shall be EPDM. 7. Joint materials for flanged pipe and fittings shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. D. Fittings 1. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron with pressure rating of 350 psi for 24 -in and smaller piping and 250 psi for 30 -in and larger piping. Fittings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C110 or AWWA C153 as applicable. Fittings shall have the same pressure rating, as a minimum, of the connecting pipe. 2. Closures shall be made with mechanical joint ductile iron solid sleeves and shall be located in straight runs of pipe. Location of closures shall be subject to approval of the ENGINEER. E. Interior Lining 1. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be Tined with a ceramic -filled amine - cured epoxy, CeramapureTM PL 90 by Induron. The lining thickness shall be 40 mils minimum. Application shall be performed by an applicator approved by the coating manufacturer, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and under controlled conditions at the applicator's shop or the pipe manufacturer's plant. Applicator shall submit a certified affidavit of compliance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements specified herein. 2. Interior lining shall be certified under ANSI/NSF International Standard 61 for potable water immersion service for the size pipe required for the project. F. Exterior Coating 1. Buried pipe shall be coated on the exterior with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in accordance with ANSI A21-51. All buried ductile iron pipe, fittings and restrained joints shall have a polyethylene wrap with a minimum 8 mils thickness and shall conform to ASTM specification D-1248. Wrap for water main shall be blue and imprinted "WATER MAIN". When imprinted color coated polyethylene wrap is not available, color -coded polyethylene wrap can be used in conjunction with pipe ID tape. 2.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE DESIGN A. Ductile iron pipe shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi with a minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi. Design shall be done for external and internal pressures separately using the larger of the two for the net design thickness. Additional allowances shall be made for service allowance and casting tolerance per AWWA C150. The pipe classes determined for various sizes and conditions shall provide the total calculated thickness at a minimum or conform to minimum pipe class specified in Paragraph 2.01A2 above, whichever is greater. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-5 B. Design for the net thickness for external loading shall be taken as the greater of the following conditions: 1. 2 -1/2 -ft of cover with AASHTO H-20 wheel Toads, with an impact factor of 1.5. 2. Depth from existing ground level of future proposed grade (whichever is greater) to top of pipe as shown on the Drawings, with truck Toad. 3. Soil Density: 120 lbs/cu ft. 4. Laying Conditions; AWWA C150, Type 2. C. Design for the net thickness shall be based upon the following design internal pressure conditions: 1. Total internal Pressure design: 500 psi (includes 100 psi surge allowance and 2.0 safety factor) 2. Soil Modulus E.: 300 psi D. Copies of design calculations showing that the pipe meets all requirements specified herein shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for approval during shop drawing review. A yield strength of 42,000 psi shall be used during design calculations. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe and fittings shall be examined before laying and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired per MANUFACTURER's recommendations. B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in the work and when installed or laid, shall conform to the lines and grades required. 3.2 INSTALLING DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of AWWA C600, except as otherwise specified herein. A firm, even bearing throughout the length of the pipe shall be provided by digging bell holes at each joint and by tamping backfill materials at the side of the pipe to the springline per details shown on the Drawings. Blocking will not be permitted. B. All pipe shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in progress, open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other approved means. Sufficient backfill shall be placed to prevent flotation. The deflection at joints shall not exceed 75 percent of allowable deflection recommended by MANUFACTURER. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-6 C. All ductile iron pipe laid underground shall have a minimum of 3 -ft of cover unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or as specified herein. Pipe shall be laid such that the invert elevations shown on the Drawings are not exceeded. D. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the Drawings shall be provided, where required, in crossing utilities which may be encountered upon opening the trench. Solid sleeve closures shall be installed at locations approved by the ENGINEER. E. The pipe interior shall be maintained dry and broom clean throughout the construction period. F. Polyethylene encasement shall be installed in compliance with AWWA C105. G. When cutting pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Cut ends of pipe to be used with a bell shall be beveled to conform to the manufactured spigot end. Cement lining shall be undamaged. Field cut ends shall be sealed with approved epoxy in accordance with MANUFACTURER's instructions. Cutting of restrained joint pipe will not be allowed, unless approved at specific joints in conjunction with the use of restrainer glands by EBAA Iron or field adaptable restrained joints. H. Jointing Ductile -Iron Pipe 1. Mechanical joints shall be assembled in strict accordance with the MANUFACTURER's instructions and AWWA C600. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking ahead. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean and lubricate the joint surfaces and rubber gasket. Bolts shall be tightened to the specified torques. Under no condition shall extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet wrench be used to secure greater leverage. 2. Bolts in mechanical or restrained joints shall be tightened alternately and evenly. 3. Restrained joints shall be installed according to pipe MANUFACTURER's instructions. I. All blow -offs, outlets, valves, fittings, and other appurtenances required shall be set and jointed as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the MANUFACTURER's instructions. 3.3 CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES A. Wall pipes shall have a thrust collar located at mid -depth of wall. B. Piping underneath structures shall be concrete encased. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-7 3.4 TESTING A. After installation, the pipe shall be tested for compliance as specified herein. Furnish all necessary equipment and labor for the pressure test and leakage test on the pipelines. B. Submit detailed test procedures and method for ENGINEER's review. In general, testing shall be conducted in accordance with AV VVA C600. C. Force main piping shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi. This test pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 2 hours. The leakage rate shall not exceed those indicated in AVWVA C600. Provide suitable restrained bulkheads as required to complete the hydrostatic testing specified. D. All valves and valve boxes shall be properly located and installed and operable prior to testing. Bulkheads shall be provided with a sufficient number of outlets for filling and draining the line and for venting air. E. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests shall conform with Section 4 of AV VVA C600. Furnish gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to fill the line slowly and perform the required hydrostatic pressure leakage tests. F. The line shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a pump furnished by the CONTRACTOR. Provide accurate means for measuring the quantity of water required to maintain this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. G. Submit plan for testing to the ENGINEER for review at least 10 days before starting the test. 3.5 CLEANING A. At the conclusion of the work, thoroughly clean all of the pipe by flushing with water or other means to remove all dirt, stones, pieces of wood, or other material which may have entered during the construction period. All debris shall be removed from the pipeline. The lowest segment outlet shall be flushed last to assure debris removal END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615-8 1 1 SECTION 02616 - DISINFECTION 1 PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope of Work: The work covered by this Section includes furnishing all labor, I equipment and materials required for the disinfection of all potable and raw water mains; tanks; and the collection and testing of water samples for bacteriological analysis and regulatory approval. This work includes all disinfection required for the complete bypass piping/pumping system described in Section 01040, I Coordination with Owner's Operations. If necessary, this work shall be conducted in phases, with separate regulatory clearances for each phase of the work. Phasing of the work shall be done at no additional cost to the OWNER. IB. Related Work: 1 1. Section 02615: Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 2. Section 01040: Coordination with Owner's Operations 3. Section 11901: Static Mixer I 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The disinfection shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C651 I "Disinfecting Water Mains". 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit planned procedures to ENGINEER for review prior to beginning work. Submit certificates of compliance with specified standards for all materials to be used. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain sterile I sample containers, collect samples, and submit to the approved laboratory. Provide six copies of laboratory test reports to ENGINEER. 1 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Laboratories used for bacteriological testing of samples shall be certified by the I Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) as acceptable to that agency. B. All disinfection and bacteriological sampling and testing shall comply with Rule I 62-555-F.A.C. A letter of clearance must be issued by the FDEP prior to placing any temporary or permanent construction into service. 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection I 16 -0032 -UT 02616-1 00992-0230 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FOR DISINFECTION A. The disinfecting agent shall be liquid chlorine conforming to AWWA B301 or sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite conforming to the requirements of AWWA B300. B. Testing and chlorination shall be furnished and paid for by the CONTRACTOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISINFECTION OF WATER MAINS A. Flushing 1. New Mains a. Flush mains prior to application of disinfecting agent. Flush with sufficient clear water to provide a full cross section of flow in the pipe at a cleansing velocity (minimum of 2.5 feet per second). Where insufficient water is available to provide cleansing velocity, 10 -inch diameter and larger mains shall be cleaned during flushing by using a polyurethane bare swab. The swab shall be a Tight density, open -cell urethane foam body, base coated with urethane elastomer. The swab shall be able to reduce itself a minimum of 35 percent of its original cross-sectional area, negotiate mitered bends, short radius elbows, pass through tees and crosses and shall be abrasion resistant. b. Flushing shall continue until clear water flows from the nearest available point closest to the end of the line. 2. Existing Mains (Maintenance, Rehabilitation) a. The cleaning of the existing piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions, coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in-line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the CONTRACTOR and turned over to the OWNER. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-2 00992-0230 _ B. Disinfection 1. Disinfection of all piping, valves, and appurtenances shall be by the Continuous Feed Method in accordance with AWWA C651: a. Continuous Feed Method: A solution containing not less than 75 mg/I of chlorine shall be applied to all piping, valves, fittings, hydrants and appurtenances. Solution shall remain in the pipelines for a minimum period of 24 hours. A free chlorine residual of 10 mg/I is required after the 24-hour holding period. 2. During the disinfection procedure, valves and hydrants shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period to insure that all parts are contacted by the disinfecting solution. 3. After disinfection has been completed, the main shall be flushed with potable water until the chlorine residual is stabilized and matches the chlorine residual of the flushing water. Chlorine residual determination shall be made in accordance with Standard Methods using the DPD Colormetric Method. C. Sampling and Testing 1. Sample locations shall comply with the FDEP construction permit. 2. Samples of water shall be collected from the mains by the CONTRACTOR/OWNER in sterile containers and delivered to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. 3. The interior of pipe, fittings, valves, and appurtenances used for cutting into or repairing existing mains shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one - percent hypochlorite solution before being installed. 4. Tapping sleeves shall be cleaned and disinfected in accordance with Section 4.7 of AWWA C651. 3.2 DISINFECTION OF TANKS A. Cleaning 1. Tanks shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with requirements of AWWA C652. B. Disinfection 1. After completion of cleaning, tanks shall be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of Chlorination Method 1, 2 or 3 of AWWA C652. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-3 00992-0230 C. Sampling and Testing 1. After completion of disinfection, samples shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR/OWNER in sterile containers and submitted to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. 2. In addition to bacteriological testing, the water in the storage facility shall also be tested to ensure that no offensive odor exists due to chlorine reaction or excess chlorine residual. 3.3 DISINFECTION OF PROCESS UNITS A. Cleaning 1. Process units shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to disinfection in accordance with requirements of AWWA C653. B. Flushing 1. All surfaces which will come in contact with potable water shall be thoroughly washed with chlorine water and scrubbed with stiff brooms to remove all dirt, cuttings and other foreign matter. During this operation, the workmen shall wear rubber boots which have been thoroughly cleaned and which shall not be worn outside of the unit during the scrubbing operation. C. Disinfection 1. After completion of cleaning and flushing, the process units shall be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of Chlorination Method [1] [2] [3] of AWWA C652. 2. Filters shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 4.4.3, AWWA C653. 3. Piping valves and appurtenances shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C651. D. Sampling and Testing 1. After completion of flushing, the unit shall be filled with clean water and samples shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR in sterile containers and submitted to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-4 00992-0230 3.4 REDISINFECTION A. General 1. If consistently unsatisfactory bacteriological test results are reported, the facilities shall be re -cleaned and re -disinfected. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF HEAVILY CHLORINATED WATER A. Passive Non -Chemical Methods 1. Discharge to Sanitary Sewers (not allowed) 2. Discharge to Storm Sewers a. Determine whether storm sewer from inlet connects/discharges to a receiving stream or waters leading to streams. b. Determine distance to nearest inlet; the farther the chlorinated water has to travel (over paved surfaces), the more chlorine is removed from the water. 3. Retention in Holding Tanks a. Determine approximate volume of discharge water so appropriate storage vessel may be utilized. b. Monitor chlorine concentration in holding tank; release chlorinated water when it has met regulatory discharge limits. 4. Land Application a. Organic and inorganic impurities in soil and pavements exert a significant amount of chlorine demand and rapidly neutralize chlorine in waters. b. Spraying chlorinated water onto soils is an effective method for neutralizing chlorine in waters. c. Determine if water will percolate or will flow to receiving waters. If volume is sufficient to carry flow to waters, use a field test kit to determine chlorine residual and take the following action: 1) If at or below regulatory discharge limits, allow to discharge to stream. 2) If above regulatory limits, addition of chemical is necessary in order to reduce chlorine concentration. B. Chemical Dechlorination 1. Chemicals used to dechlorinate water (Also refer to AVWVA C651, Appendix C, or C652, Appendix B for listing) City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-5 00992-0230 a. Sulfur Dioxide 1) Reacts instantaneously with free chlorine. 2) Toxic chemical—not best suited for field applications. b. Sodium Thiosulfate 1) Skin, eye, nose, and throat irritant. 2) Reacts slowly with chlorine and requires more time for dechlorination than most other dechlorination chemicals. 3) Not toxic to aquatic species. c. Sodium Sulfite 1) Is available in tablet form, unlike most other dechlorinating chemicals. 2) Effective for dechlorinating constant, low flow rate chlorinated releases. d. Sodium Bisulfite 1) Skin, eye, and respiratory tract irritant. 2) Highly corrosive and caution must be used when handling. e. Sodium Metabisulfite 1) Eye, throat, skin, and lung irritant. f. Calcium Thiosulfate 1) Not toxic to aquatic species. 2) Extremely long time required for dechlorination to occur. g. Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C) 1) Eye, skin, and lung irritant. 2) Does not scavenge dissolved oxygen. h. Sodium Ascorbate 1) Does not scavenge dissolved oxygen 2) Stable compound as solid; once mixed, degrades within a day or two. 2. Dechlorination Chemical Summary a. Choice of Chemical Depends Upon: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-6 00992-0230 1) Nature of water release. 2) Strength of chlorine. 3) Volume of water release. 4) Distance from receiving waters. b. Use field test kit to measure chlorine strength prior to any discharge to streams, lakes, or other bodies of water. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Disinfection 16 -0032 -UT 02616-7 00992-0230 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Code references: a. 2010 Florida Building code. b. ACI 301, "Structural Concrete for Buildings." c. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." d. ACI 350, "Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Non Structural Concrete. 2. Structural Concrete. 3. Structural High Density Concrete. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Submittals: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-1 1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 2. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and reshoring installation and removal. E. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Engineer. F. Samples: None. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer and testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form -release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Vapor retarders. 11. Semi rigid joint filler. 12. Joint -filler strips. 13. Repair materials. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. E. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. F. Field quality -control reports. G. Minutes of pre -installation conference. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI -certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI -certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI -certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI -certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete." City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-3 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. ACI 350, "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 5. ACI 305, "Hot Weather Concreting." 6. ACI 306, "Cold Weather Concreting." G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Mockups: None. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot - weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint -filler strips, semi rigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor -retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement, if applicable. B. Waterstops: Store water stops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-4 1 1 1 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium -density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B -B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber - reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Pan -Type Forms: Glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete Toads without detrimental deformation. E. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed Toads. F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. G. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. H. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-5 I. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber - reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties for liquid containment structures that have an integral water stop that is tightly welded to the tie. 4. Furnish ties for exposed concrete that are the cone -washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Common wire will not be allowed for form ties 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one- half of pre -consumer recycled content not Tess than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. C. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: None. D. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: None. E. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: None. F. Stainless -Steel Reinforcing Bars: None. G. Steel Bar Mats: None. H. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. I. Deformed -Steel Wire: ASTM A 496/A 496M. J. Epoxy -Coated Wire: None. K. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. L. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. M. Galvanized -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. N. Epoxy -Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-6 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain -steel deformed bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, gray. Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. 1) Use one brand of cement and fly ash trough out the Project. 2) Fly ash will be used either as an admixture or as a partial cement replacement. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. Use Clean, sharp, natural silica sand free of loam, clay, lumps, and other deleterious substances. Dune sand, bank run sand, and manu- factured sand are not acceptable. 2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter. Coarse aggregate shall comply with the following: 1) Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 2) Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Slag, pit gravel, and bank - run gravel are not allowed. 3) Coarse Aggregate Size: ASTM C33/C33M, No. 57 stone, unless oth- erwise approved by ENGINEER. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-7 C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.6 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD -C 572, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricated corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BoMetals, Inc. b. Greenstreak. c. Vinvlex Corp. 2. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb. 3. Dimensions: 6 inches by 3/8 inch thick or 9 inches by 3/8 inch thick; nontapered, as indicated on drawings. B. Self -Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite -free hydrophilic polymer modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/8 by 3/4 inch. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Adeka Ultra Seal/OCM, Inc.; Adeka Ultra Seal. b. Greenstreak; Hvdrotite. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 c. Vinvlex Corp.; Swellseal. d. Sika; Sika Swell S-2. 2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive joint tape. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Moistop Pius. b. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 6. c. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type -65 or Type -85. d. Steno Industries, LLC; Stew Wrap, 10 mil Class C. B. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch (37.5 -mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36 -mm) sieve. 2.8 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. VOC Content: Liquid floor treatments shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ChemMasters; Chemisil Plus. b. ChemTec Intl; ChemTec One. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Intraseal. d. Curecrete Distribution Inc.; Ashford Formula. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Sure Hard (J-17). f. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Titan Hard. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Euco Diamond Hard. C. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-9 a. Advanced Floor Products; Retro -Plate 99. b. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; FGS Hardener Plus. c. QuestMark, a division of CentiMark Corporation; DiamondQuest Densifyinq Impregnator Application. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. D. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. Allowed for non -liquid containment structures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 200. b. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; W.B. Resin Cure. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Rez Cure (J -11-W). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Res X Cure WB. f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. g. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. h. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 -CLEAR. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Rez Clear. j. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: Provide preformed expansion joint filler complying with ASTM D 1752, Type I (spong rubber) or Type II (cork). B. Semi rigid Joint Filler: Two -component, semi rigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types I and II, non -load bearing and Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022 thick, galvanized -steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized -steel sheet, not Tess than 0.034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM 5. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 6. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 7. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 8. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to AS 9. C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. TMC 109/C 109M. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-11 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 20 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy - use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: If required by Architectural contract drawings, add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Non -Structural Concrete:: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 470 Ib/cu. Yd. 3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.5. 4. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 4 percent, plus or minus 1 percent at point of delivery. 6. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel -finished floors to exceed 3 percent. B. Structural Concrete: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 650 Ib/cu. yd. 3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.4. 4. Slump Limit: 3 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 1 to 3 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 4 percent, plus or minus 1 percent at point of delivery. 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction Toads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent Toss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-13 F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 1. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar Teaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -/n -Place Concrete 03300-14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28 -day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and re -shore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturers recommended tape. B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: if applicable. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-15 B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. F. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy -coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy -coated steel reinforcement. G. Zinc -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material according to ASTM A 780. Use galvanized steel wire ties to fasten zinc -coated steel reinforcement. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7. Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full -width joint -filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Section 07920 "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed water stops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in water stops according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-17 3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth -formed finished as -cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300-19 2. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork -Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re - straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull -floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Re -straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and re -straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and re - straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-20 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film -finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs -on -grade. c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. d. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10 -ft. long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/8 inch. 4. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 5. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel -finished floor surfaces. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-21 C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 12 -inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 4. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Cast anchor -bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not Tess than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-22 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not Tess than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture -retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semi rigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-23 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-24 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with dean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. 8. Water levels for hydraulic structures. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-25 D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but Tess than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 7. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 8. When strength of field -cured cylinders is Tess than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in- place concrete. 9. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-26 specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 10. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 - and 28 -day tests. 11. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 12. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer. 13. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 14. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 48 hours of finishing. F All concrete structures designed to contain liquid shall be tested for liquid containment (water tightness) in accordance with Section 03900 "Hydraulic Structures Testing." 3.17 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-27 SECTION 03600 - GROUTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. The types of grouting include the following: 1. Portland Cement Grout 2. Non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout 1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery, handling and storage. B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 — Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS A. Portland Cement Grout B. (For grouting CMU cells and similar items — fc=3000 psi minimum) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate 3. Water: Potable 4. Pea Gravel: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate, graded so that at least 90% passes 3/8 -inch sieve and 90% is retained by a number 4 sieve. C. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand) 3. Water: Potable 4. Mix 1 -part Portland cement to 3 -parts sand. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Grouting 16 -0032 -UT 03600-1 00992-0230 D. Pre -Mixed non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non -shrink grout as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents. Grout shall be nonmetallic non -corrosive, non -staining and comply with CRD -C- 588, Type D. E. The grout shall be non -shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and ASTM C109. The water -grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions. F. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals; chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after set. G. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. H. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following: 1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. — Crystex 2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non -shrink Grout or equivalent 2.2 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Non -shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in transferring heavy Toads. 2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding. 3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70°F. 4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3 days or later. 5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days. 2.3 MIXES A. For less than 2 -inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Grouting 16 -0032 -UT 03600-2 00992-0230 B. For greater than 2 -inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100 pounds grout material. C. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without causing either segregation or bleeding. D. Portland cement mortar for raked -out edges of non -shrink grout: one part Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 part water by weight. 2.4 MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3 - minutes. C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials. D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by bush -hammering, chipping, or other similar means, until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved. C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean any contaminated surfaces. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted. E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave none standing. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Grouting 16 -0032 -UT 03600-3 00992-0230 3.3 PLACING A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Place non -shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure. C. Do not use either pneumatic -pressure or dry packing methods without written permission of the Engineer. D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets. F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed. After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement -sand grout. H. After non -shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges approximately 1 -inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement mortar. 3.4 CURING A. Cure grout for 3 -days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing paper or by another approved method. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Grouting 16 -0032 -UT 03600-4 00992-0230 SECTION 03930 - CONCRETE REHABILITATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Type I Repairs 2. Type II Repairs 3. Type III Repairs 4. Type IV Repairs 5. Type V Repairs 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions, chemical composition, physical properties, test data, and mixing, preparation, and application instructions. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For product installers and manufacturers. B. Material Certificates: For each type of product supplied for mixing or adding to products at Project site. C. Product Test Reports: For each proposed product, provide tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Each product manufacturer shall employ factory - trained technical representatives who are available for consultation and Project - site inspection and assistance at no additional cost. B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by the manufacturer to apply the products proposed for this project. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-1 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements and other conditions for storage. B. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location. C. Store aggregates covered and in a dry location; maintain grading and other required characteristics and prevent contamination. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations for Epoxies: Do not apply when air and substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by manufacturer. During hot weather, cool epoxy components before mixing, store mixed products in shade, and cool unused mixed products to retard setting. Do not apply to wet substrates unless approved by manufacturer. 1. Use only Class A epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or are expected to go below 40 deg F (5 deg C) within 8 hours. 2. Use only Class A or B epoxies when substrate temperatures are below or are expected to go below 60 deg F (16 deg C) within 8 hours. 3. Use only Class C epoxies when substrate temperatures are above and are expected to stay above 60 deg F (16 deg C) for 8 hours. B. Cold -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Do not apply unless concrete -surface and air temperatures are above 40 deg F (5 deg C) and will remain so for at least 48 hours after completion of Work. C. Cold -Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Comply with the following procedures: 1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F (5 deg C), heat patching -material ingredients and existing concrete to produce temperatures between 40 and 90 deg F (5 and 32 deg C). 2. When mean daily air temperature is between 25 and 40 deg F (minus 4 and plus 5 deg C), cover completed Work with weather -resistant insulating blankets for 48 hours after repair or provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within the enclosure for 48 hours after repair. 3. When mean daily air temperature is below 25 deg F (minus 4 deg C), provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within the enclosure for 48 hours after repair. D. Hot - Weather Requirements for Cementitious Materials: Protect repair work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from patching materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F (32 deg C) and above. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of product from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 TYPE I REPAIR Type I Repairs shall be for cracks larger than 1/16" and less than 1/4" in width where no rust stains, spalling or loose concrete is observed and concrete removal is not required. A. Concrete Surface Preparation: 1. Route crack to a width of 1/4" and '/z" depth. 2. Clean out debris and loose concrete; vacuum or blow clear with compressed air. 3. Crack surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. B. For Surfaces to be Coated With Concrete Sealant Only: Primer 1. Sikaflex 429 2. Approved Equal Polyurethane, elastomeric sealant/adhesive: 1. Sikaflex-1A 2. Approved Equal C. For Surfaces to be Coated With Protective Coating: Use one of the following: (1) Tnemec Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy. (2) Sherwin Williams Steel Seam FT -910. 2.3 TYPE 11 REPAIR Type 11 Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss where no reinforcing bars have been exposed. This would include cracks greater than '/4" in width and areas of poor consolidation. A. Concrete Surface Preparation: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-3 1. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance, existing coatings and other bond -inhibiting materials from the surface in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface profile of ICRI- CSP6. 2. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the surface to a depth of at least %4". Break out the complete repair area to a minimum depth of up to the sawed edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel. 3. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. B. Bonding Agent: 1. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat) 2. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT. 3. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem one coat @ 20 mils DFT. C. Repair Mortar: 1. Tnemec Series 217 2. Sherwin Williams Steel -Seam FT910 3. SikaRepair 224 2.4 TYPE III REPAIR Type III Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss up to 4" in depth (>4" shall depth use Type V Repair) where reinforcing bars have been exposed but do not need to be replaced including areas of poor consolidation and where rust stains are observed. A. Surface Preparation: 1. Concrete a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance, existing coatings and other bond -inhibiting materials from the surface in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface profile of ICRI-CSP6. b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the surface to a depth of at least '/4". Break out the complete repair area to a minimum depth of '/4" up to the sawed edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel. c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Steel Reinforcement a. Remove rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or mechanical wire brushing to produce white metal finish. b. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. B. Bonding Agent: 1. Concrete a. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat) b. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT. c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCemor one coat @ 20 mils DFT. 2. Steel Reinforcing a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1 @ 2.5-3.5 mils DFT. b. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each. c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem two coats @ 20 mils DFT each. C. Repair Mortar: 1. Tnemec Series 217 2. Sherwin Williams Steel -Seam FT910 3. SikaRepair 224 2.5 TYPE IV REPAIR Type IV Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss up to 4" in depth (>4" depth shall use Type V Repair) where reinforcing bars have been exposed and need to be replaced including areas of poor consolidation and where rust stains are observed. A. Surface Preparation: 1. Concrete a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, Iaitance, existing coatings and other bond -inhibiting materials from the surface in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface profile of ICRI-CSP6. b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the surface to a depth of at least '/<". Break out the complete repair area to a minimum depth of '/4" up to the sawed edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel. c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-5 2. Steel Reinforcement a. Where section Toss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or 20 percent in two or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and replace per structural drawing details. Remove additional concrete as necessary to provide at least 3/4 -inch clearance at existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to existing bars according to ACI 318 (ACI 318M) by lapping, welding, or using mechanical couplings. b. Remove remaining rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or mechanical wire brushing to produce white metal finish. c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. B. Bonding Agent: 1. Concrete a. Tnemec Series 217 (scrub coat) b. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete one coat @ 20 mils DFT. c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCemor one coat @ 20 mils DFT. 2. Steel Reinforcing a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1 @ 2.5-3.5 mils DFT. b. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each. c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem two coats @ 20 mils DFT each. C. Repair Mortar: 1. Tnemec Series 217 2. Sherwin Williams Steel -Seam FT910 3. SikaRepair 224 2.6 TYPE V REPAIR Type V Repairs shall be for areas that have concrete section loss greater than 4" in depth. A. Surface Preparation: 1. Concrete a. Remove all loose materials, deteriorated concrete, laitance, existing coatings and other bond -inhibiting materials from the surface in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 minimum surface profile of ICRI-CSP6. b. The edges of the repair should be saw cut perpendicular to the surface to a depth of at least 2" or to the rebar, whichever is shallower and abraid/roughen saw cut surfaces. Break out the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 complete repair area to a minimum depth of 2" up to the sawed edge to prevent feather edging. Avoid cutting the reinforcing steel. c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. 2. Steel Reinforcement a. Where section loss of reinforcing bar is more than 25 percent, or 20 percent in two or more adjacent bars, cut bars and remove and replace per structural drawing details. Remove additional concrete as necessary to provide at least 3/4 -inch clearance at existing and replacement bars. Splice replacement bars to existing bars according to ACI 318 (ACI 318M) by lapping, welding, or using mechanical couplings. b. Remove remaining rust and active corrosion by sandblasting or mechanical wire brushing to produce white metal finish. c. Surface must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. Take precaution to prohibit surface from becoming contaminated prior to product application. B. Bonding Agent: 1. Concrete Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces for the respective application that will be joined with fresh shotcrete as approved by the Engineer. 2. Steel Reinforcing a. Tnemec Omnithane Series 1 @ 2.5-3.5 mils DFT. b. Sherwin Williams Sher -Crete two coats @ 10 mils DFT each. c. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem two coats @ 20 mils DFT each. C. Repair Mortar: 1. Shotcrete: Wet mix and dry mix shotcrete shall be applied by experienced nozzlemen certified by American Concrete Institute (ACI) as outlined in ACI certification publication CP -60. 2. Shotcrete mixes, measured by weight, shall be: a. 1 part cement to 3 parts sand. b. Each shotcrete layer shall be broomed prior to final set to affect satisfactory bonding of the following layer. No shotcrete shall be applied to reinforcing steel or diaphragm that is encrusted with overspray. No less than 2 -inch thick shotcrete shall cover City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-7 reinforcing steel. 3. Shotcrete Compressive Strength f g shall be 4000 psi or greater at 28 days. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Notify Owner seven days in advance of dates when areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete and deteriorated reinforcing bars will be located. B. Locate areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete using hammer or chain - drag sounding and mark boundaries. Mark areas for removal by simplifying and squaring off boundaries. At columns and walls make boundaries level and plumb unless otherwise indicated. C. Pachometer Testing: Locate at least three reinforcing bars using a pachometer, and drill test holes to determine depth of cover. Calibrate pachometer using depth of cover measurements, and verify depth of cover in removal areas using pachometer. D. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from concrete -maintenance work. 3.2.1 PREPARATION A. Ensure that supervisory personnel are on-site and on duty when concrete maintenance work begins and during its progress. B. Preparation for Removal of Deteriorated Concrete: Examine construction to be repaired to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform concrete maintenance work. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures will be necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed in the course of repair. 1. Verify that affected utilities have been disconnected and capped. 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed for reinstallation or salvage. 3. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and temporary structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement, settlement, or collapse of construction being demolished and construction and finishes to remain. C. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from concrete maintenance work. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation. 2. Use only proven protection methods appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 3. Provide barricades, barriers, and temporary directional signage to exclude public from areas where concrete maintenance work is being performed. 4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of concrete maintenance work. 5. Contain dust and debris generated by concrete maintenance work and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 6. Use water -mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only with adequate, approved procedures and equipment that ensure that such water will not create a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or materials. 7. Protect floors and other surfaces along haul routes from damage, wear, and staining. 8. Provide supplemental sound -control treatment to isolate removal and dismantling work from other areas of the building. 9. Protect adjacent surface and equipment by covering them with heavy polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. If practical, remove items, store, and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are complete. 10. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's property. 11. Dispose of debris and runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. D. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Engineer immediately of inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is in working order. 1. Prevent solids such as aggregate or mortar residue from entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from concrete maintenance work. 2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass. E. Concrete Removal: 1. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of removal work. Do not overload structural elements with debris. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-9 2. Saw -cut perimeter of areas indicated for removal to a depth of at least '/4"deep. Make cuts perpendicular to concrete surfaces and no deeper than cover on reinforcement. 3. Remove deteriorated and delaminated concrete by breaking up and dislodging from reinforcement. 4. Remove additional concrete if necessary to provide a depth of removal of at least 1/4" deep over entire removal area. 5. Where half or more of the perimeter of reinforcing bar is exposed, bond between reinforcing bar and surrounding concrete is broken, or reinforcing bar is corroded, remove concrete from entire perimeter of bar and to provide at least a'/ -inch clearance around bar. 6. Test areas where concrete has been removed by tapping with hammer, and remove additional concrete until unsound and disbonded concrete is completely removed. 7. Provide surfaces with a fractured profile of at least 1/4" in depth that are approximately perpendicular or parallel to original concrete surfaces. At columns and walls, make top and bottom surfaces level unless otherwise directed. 8. Thoroughly clean removal areas of loose concrete, dust, and debris. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for application of products, including surface preparation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor will coordinate with the Owner and Engineer to allow for them to observe that the repairs are being conducted in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.5 MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATION A. The product manufacturer(s)' representative will be required to attend the following to observe and provide guidance on the installation of the repair system: 1. One (1) Pre -installation Meeting for each repair system to be installed 2. One (1) Substantial Completion Walkthrough END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Concrete Rehabilitation 03930-10 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the CITY'S Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work are limited to the following: 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. - Basis of Design 2. Rust-Oleum Corporation 3. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 4. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 5. Carboline Company 6. Mobil Chemical Company 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-1 2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the CONTRACTOR shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for selection by the CITY. Before work is commenced, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the CITY. 3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. a. On 12 -inch x 12 -inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4 -inch x 8 -inch samples for stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide two 4 -inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the CITY'S Representative. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. NOTE: Materials may be flammable, and the area should be marked accordingly. Keep coatings out of the weather. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the CITY with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the CITY'S Representative from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the CONTRACTOR and CITY'S Representative may agree upon in order that dust -free and neat work is City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-2 obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY'S Representative. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: 1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. All solvents for thinning shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer. Only use solvents as listed on the manufacturer's product literature. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. 4. Proceeding to apply the coatings indicates that the coating contractor has accepted the condition of the existing coating. If questions arise, they should be brought to the attention of the Project Manager and Engineer on-site. Do not proceed until resolved. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish -coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S Representative. 2. Shop -fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop -primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S Representative. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-4. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-3 B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat, intermediate coat, finish coat, and all solvents and thinners shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. D. Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.02.B.) may be used as long as they are of the same quality and meet the performance criteria. E. Substitution requests must be considered provided they are submitted ten (10) days prior to bid opening.. 2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System A-1: For use on above grade interior walls and ceilings and architectural surfaces not subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing, or fumes. Typical areas would include offices, control rooms, electrical rooms, etc. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 54 Masonry Filler at 80 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. B. System A-2: For use on above grade - interior walls, ceilings, and non -traffic slabs, and subject to high moisture, physical abuse, mild chemical fumes, splashing and spillage of water or wastewater byproducts, etc. For immersion exposures, see Section J. Typical areas would include filter press building walls, pump room walls, etc. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-4 1 1 I Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. Pressure washing may assist in removing loose dirt and contamination. 1 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non -Immersion): I a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 125 - 150 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build I c. Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at4.0-6.Odft. 1 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at I approximately 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 1 c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at 4.0-6.Odft. 3. Interior CMU or Porous Block For Locker Rooms, Bathrooms: ISurface Preparation: Clean and dry, level protrusions, and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow mortar to cure 14 days before I proceeding with coating. a. Prime/Surfacer: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tneme- Tufcoat at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. at 4.0 - 6.0 mils 1 dft. C. System A-3: For use on exterior concrete walls above grade to a point 6" below 1 finish grade. Applicable to all buildings. Surface Preparation: Fill all voids with grout; remove loose mortar, mortar 1 splatter, protrusions, etc. Allow all concrete or grout to cure a minimum 28 days before proceeding. Remove all dirt or contamination before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or cast -in-place. ' a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0032 -UT 09900-5 00992-0230 b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at a spreading rate of between 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone lightweight or porous concrete. Or, if an elastomer is preferred, use the following: 3. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU or PIP - Elastomeric a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. D. System A-4: For use on exterior concrete walls below a point six inches below finish grade. Surface Preparation: Remove all loose dirt and contamination. Clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or Cast -in -Place a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft. 2.3 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System B-1: For all new steel or site fabricated steel: Exterior or interior and moderate immersion exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Non -immersion — For exposed steel, excluding immersion service, abrasive blast per SSPC SP6 to a Commercial Grade finish to obtain a 1.5 mil blast profile. For immersion exposure - abrasive blast per SSPC SP10 to a Near White finish to obtain a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-6 2. Shop or field apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. As an option, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 90G-1 k97 Tneme-Zinc at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. B. System B-2: For use on exterior exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; interior and exterior - non immersion exposure. Typical items include steel piping, exterior of steel tanks, structural support steel, etc. This system can be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere; not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and dirt per SSPC SP1 before proceeding. Commercial blast clean per SSPC SP -6 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Shop Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 3. Prime Coat: For steel that has been shop primed, clean damaged areas by Power Tool Cleaning SSPC SP3 and spot prime using Tnemec Series 27WB at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft before applying the "Primer". For steel that has not been shop primed, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 4. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 5. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. C. System B-3: For use on bituminous coated cast iron or steel pipe. (In order to avoid having to overcoat shop applied bituminous primer, we recommend ordering all above ground piping be purchased primed with Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus.) 1. Surface Preparation for bituminous pipe: Wash to remove all grease and dirt before coating. Sweep blast per SSPC SP7 or Power Tool Clean per SSPC SP -3. 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare and damaged areas with one coat of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat overall of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. D. System B-4: For use on exterior steel tanks, piping and equipment, submerged in moderate corrosive service, excluding chains, sprockets and similar items. This system shall be used for all materials submerged in wastewater. For use in splash and spillage and where a color stable topcoat is required, use System B- 2. 1. Surface Preparation: For a shop application, see System B-1. For field applications, abrasive blast all steel to a Near White finish per SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: All steel shall be primed with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft, whether shop or field applied. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-7 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. Use alternating colors between coats. E. System B-5: For all submerged metals in severe wastewater service. Typical areas would include headworks, grit chambers, and other areas of severe H2S exposures. Severe abrasion exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Field abrasive blast to a White Metal finish per SSPC-SP5 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. Prime the same day as sandblasting and before any rust bloom forms on the surface of the steel. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. Alternating colors should be used. F. System B-6: For use on hollow metal (steel) doors and frames, steel embedments, and steel lintels: Pre -primed with alkyd primer, shop or unknown primer, or bare metal. Interior or exterior exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1. Abrade per SSPC-SP3 before proceeding. 2. Prime (touch-up only): Prime bare or damaged areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 2.4 GROUP C - GALVANIZED AND NON-FERROUS METALS A. System C-1: For galvanized steel in interior (buildings) or exterior substrates in corrosive areas, non -submerged surfaces, non -potable water applications, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1. Abrade all exterior surfaces to be coated by Brush -Off blasting per SSP SP7 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. Interior galvanized surfaces: SSPC-SP1 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare or rusted areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 4.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 2.5-3.5 mils dft. B. System C-2: For use on (in interior dry) all aluminum, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 and abrade the surface to provide a mechanical bond. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-8 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft. C. System C-3: For use in exterior non -corrosive areas, galvanized steel and aluminum materials, including ductwork. Refer to System C-1 or C-2. 2.5 GROUP D - EXPOSED HOT METAL SURFACES A. System D-1: For use on un -insulated surfaces at temperatures between 250° and 1000°. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 before proceeding. Abrasive blast all ferrous metal to be coated to an SSPC SP10 Near White Finish with a 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 245 High Heat primer at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 230 High Heat coating at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. For an aluminum finish, use Dampney Thermalox 280 at the same thickness. 2.6 GROUP E - WOOD A. System E-1: For use on interior wood where a natural or stained finish is required. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, wipe off any excess accumulations of sap, pitch, etc. by SSPC SP1. Fill holes, checks, scratches, etc. with appropriate tinted wood filler. 2. Natural Finish: a. Prime: None required. b. Finish: Apply a pure tung oil with a rag and work into wood grain. Allow to dry over night and repeat. 3. Stained Finish: a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of penetrating wood stain of the color chosen. b. Finish: Apply 2 coats of a water-based clear polyurethane to provide a smooth and UV resistant finish. B. System E-2: For use on interior surfaces not exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5 mils dft. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-9 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. C. System E-3: For use on interior surfaces exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions, exterior wood, and exterior wood surfaces. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove excess sap or pitch before proceeding. Sand smooth. Prime first before sealing cracks with an acceptable filler. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5 mils dft. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. D. System E-4: For use on interior wood paneling and trim. Refer to System E-2. E. System E-5: For use on exterior wood surfaces where a natural finish is desired. 1. Apply two coats of clear sealant, Flood Co. — CWF, or equal, applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.7 GROUP F — INSULATION A. System F-1: For use on interior building insulation board or foamed material - non -fire protected. 1. Surface Preparation: None 2. Prime: None B. System F-2: For use on rigid pipe insulation. 1. Surface Preparation: None 2.8 GROUP G — GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER (INTERIOR) A. System G-1: For use on interior walls and ceilings of gypsum board or plaster. 1. Surface Preparation: Gypsum wall board — Tape joints, spackle nail head, sand smooth, and wipe with a damp cloth to remove dust. Plaster — Nibs shall be scraped and sanded smooth, cracks spackled smooth, sanded and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 51 PVA Sealer at 1.0 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft per coat. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-10 2.9 GROUP H — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) A. System H-1: For use on exterior stucco where an elastomeric coating is required. Smooth or texture is available. 1. Surface Preparation: Stucco shall have nibs scraped and sanded smooth. Cracks shall be speckled, smooth sanded, and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC at 300 - 350 sq.ft. per gallon. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro- Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft per coat. A minimum of 10 mils dft is required. For a textured finish, use Tnemec Series 157 Enviro-Crete at 6.0-9.0 mils DFT per coat, with a minimum of 14.0 mils total DFT. 2.10 GROUP J — WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER The interior tank paint system shall meet USEPA, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) health standards for use in potable water service. A letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for the system selected prior to paint application. A. System J-1: For poured or cast -in-place concrete in immersion service of potable water requiring an NSF 61 approved lining. All concrete surfaces must be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days at 75°F. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all dirt and debris before proceeding. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile ICRI CSP 5 Choose the preference for a liner. Both materials are NSF 61 tested and listed. 2. Immersion Service: Epoxy a. Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 3. Immersion Service: Elastomeric flexible liner a. Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft. b. Prime: Apply 1 Coat of Tnemec Series 20HS at 6.0-8.0 mils DFT c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 264 Elasto-Shield at 50 - 60 mils dft. B. System J-2: For steel tanks in immersion service for potable water when the lining is required to meet NSF 61 standards. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-11 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast all surfaces to a minimum Near White Finish in accordance with SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20HS Pota-Pox Plus at 3.0 - 5.0 mis dft. 3. Intermediate: Stripe by brush all welds, edges, corners, etc. with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20HS Pota-Pox @ 3.0-5.0 mils DFT. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 2.11 GROUP K - METAL EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE (EXTERIOR OF NEW STEEL TANKS); EXPOSED INTERIOR OF OPEN TOP STEEL TANKS; STRUCTURAL STEEL, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. System K-1: For use on the exterior of new steel tanks and support structures; steel catwalks, and other exposed structural steel, equipment, and piping subject to a corrosive atmosphere. Refer to System B-2. 2.12 GROUP L - CONCRETE TANKS - IMMERSION SERVICE A. System L-1: For use on exterior of concrete tank walls below a point 6 inches below finish grade. Refer to System A-4. B. System L-2: For use on the interior of tanks that are enclosed (anaerobic conditions). Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include digesters, lift stations, manholes, headworks, grit chambers and areas of high H2S environments. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5. 2. Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad ata minimum 11/16" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 may be used as needed to fill pits and voids. . 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S at a minimum 125 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15 - 20 mils dft. C. System L-3: For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks. Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include clarifiers, digesters, etc. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-12 ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile ICRI CSP 5. 2. Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16— dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 shall be used as needed to fill pits and voids. 3. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS-1211 Hi -Built Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 4. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 446 Perma- Shield MCU at 5.0 - 7.0 mils dft. Alternating colors shall be used. D. System L-4: For use on the exterior of concrete tanks. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 14 days. Remove all loose dirt, debris and contamination. Clean and dry. 2. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro- Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft. A minimum of 10 mils dft shall be applied. 2.13 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M-1: For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals; i.e., such as aluminum and concrete connections. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry. 2. Prime: None 3. Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol at 8.0 - 12.0 mils per coat. B. System M-2: For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces. 1. Prime: None. 2. Finish: Vinyl phenolic sealing coat for the prevention of discoloring of the finish coat. Apply at a rate of at least 2.0 mils dry film thickness. C. System M-3: For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour period. Sweep abrasive blast or mechanical abrade concrete surfaces to remove laitance, fines, form release oils, curing compounds, and provide City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-13 a surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 3. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with either Tnemec Series 215 or Tnemec Series 201 mixed with fumed silica. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro-Pox clear at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 295 CRU at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT D. System M-4: For coating of PVC piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: Degrease and clean per SSPC-SP-1 first, then scarify surface. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 5.0 mils dft. E. System M-5: For coating of FRP piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-1 first, then abrade the surface to be coated. Remove any dust, dirt or contamination before proceeding. Clean and dry. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft. 2.14 GROUP N - COATINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENTS This section covers the specification for lining ductile iron pipe for wastewater environments, both interior and exterior of pipe. The system shall also be specified for all fittings and flanges. A. System N-1: Exterior coating system for above ground exposed DIP where a color is required. Non -immersion service. Pipe should be ordered as shop primed with Tnemec Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning. 2. Shop Primed: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. The following is for pipe in the field: a. Power tool clean all bare and damaged areas by SSPC SP3. b. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 5.0 mils dft. c. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. d. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-14 B. System N-2: For the exterior of ductile iron pipe in immersion service or exposed to a severe H2S environment. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning to obtain a 3 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: (shop): Tnemec Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT 3. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Shield Glaze at 35.0 - 40.0 mils dft. C. System N-3: Lining ductile iron pipe for severe wastewater environments. Order pipe lined from the factory. This is a SHOP applied system. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast and grind pipe to SSPC SP5 White Metal Finish with a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 431 Perma-Shield PL at a nominal 40 mil thickness. 2.15 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surface. 2.16 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the CITY'S Representative. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All painting shall be done in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY/ENGINEER. B. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to mixing, applying, thinning and curing, as well as the health and safety of the workers, shall be followed. C. Dry film thickness for masonry is approximate for application to a smooth surface. D. Sequence painting to ensure work area is dust free. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-15 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.3 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the CITY'S Representative. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the CITY'S Representative. C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. 3.4 MIXING A. Exercise care to keep fire hazards to a minimum. Provide an approved hand fire extinguisher near each paint storage and mixing area. No oily waste, rags, or painting equipment shall be left scattered throughout the premises. B. Mix coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Colors shall be thoroughly mixed with no streaks or separation of color. Do not add thinners, driers or other additives except as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Do not incorporate in the coating any thinners or solvents used for cleaning brushes or equipment. C. Protect all adjacent areas against damage and leave storage and mixing areas clean at the completion of painting. 3.5 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES A. Provide necessary protection for completed work and all adjoining surfaces. Provide temporary closures as required to prevent circulation of dust from City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-16 adjacent areas where other work is in progress. Where it is necessary to remove existing protection of work of others, such protection shall be fully replaced. B. Locate and protect all existing utilities, structures, or appurtenances. 3.6 APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the CITY'S Representative. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. 3.7 VENTILATION A. Provide adequate ventilation for safe application and for proper drying of coatings on interior surfaces. Ensure solvent vapors are released during and after application of coatings. Remove vapors by exhausting air from the lowest portions of tanks or enclosed spaces and keep tops open and clear. During coating application in enclosed areas, the capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least 300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per hour. Provide continuous forced ventilation at a rate of at least one complete air change per 4 hours for at least 7 days after coating application is completed. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-17 3.8 CLEAN UP A. At completion of the painting work, clean off all paint spots and other paint materials from surfaces where they are not intended to be. Remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated material and leave the work in clean orderly condition, acceptable to the ENGINEER and CITY. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site and/or destroyed in an approved and legal manner. 3.9 DAMAGED COATINGS A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as approved by the ENGINEER. CONTACTOR shall perform spark test on all the repaired arera. B. All finish coats, including touch-up and damage -repair coats, shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -match appearance. 3.10 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A. If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient dry film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and top coated with the specified material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coatings' manufacturer and the ENGINEER. B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the specifications. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection. D. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Any repairs made on steel surfaces for immersion service shall be holiday detected in accordance with ASTM G 62 low voltage holiday detection. Areas found to have holidays shall be marked and repaired in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. The ENGINEER shall be notified of time of testing so that he might be present to witness testing. 3.11 GUARANTEE AND ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION A. All work shall be warranted for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the project. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-18 B. The CITY will notify the CONTRACTOR at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date and shall establish a date for the inspection. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior, the entire surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-19 SECTION 11206 - TRANSFER PUMP MODIFICATIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to remove, modify, install, put in operation and field test four (4) existing transfer pumps as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. The pumps are currently in operation at the City of Clearwater Reverse Osmosis WTP #1, located at 1657 Palmetto St., Clearwater, FL 33765. 1. The existing pumps are 15 HP Pentair 5" Model 1522 horizontal end suction pumps with a rated speed of 1,150 rpm and a design capacity of 1,000 gpm @ 32.0 ft. TDH. The pump is based on curve number 43-5x6x11-115D and the existing pump curve is included as Figure 11206-1. 2. The rehabilitation of each of the four (4) existing transfer pumps located at the Blend Water Tank shall include: a. New motor risers. b. New 1,800 rpm motors. c. Trim existing impellers for conditions of service as shown in Table 11216-1. d. New power frame assembly. e. New motor shaft couplings. 3. Rehabilitation shall be performed by Barney's Pumps, 2965 Barneys Pumps Place, Lakeland FL, 33812, ph. (863) 665-8500. 4. See Section 01040 for additional construction schedule and sequencing/phasing requirements. B. All necessary and desirable accessory equipment and auxiliaries whether specifically mentioned in this Section or not shall be furnished and installed as required for an installation incorporating the highest standards for this type of service. Also included shall be supervisory services during installation and field testing of each unit and instructing/training the regular operating personnel in the proper care, operation and maintenance of the equipment. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Electrical motors are included in Section 16150. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-1 B. Paintings and coatings is included in Section 09900. C. Electrical work, except as hereinafter specified, is included in Division 16. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The requirements of Section 01300 and Section 16150 shall be met. The documentation as stated under Appendix A of the ANSI Standards ASME B73.1 M-1991 and/or ASME B73.2M-1991 shall be supplied to provide clear communication between the pump user and pump manufacturer and to facilitate the safe design, installation and operation of the pump. B. Test Reports 1. Each modified pump shall be Hydrostatically Tested with certified copies of the test results submitted to the ENGINEER. 2. Each modified pump shall be given a performance test conducted in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards. Performance curves shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. . 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The equipment covered by this Section is intended to be standard pumping equipment of proven ability as manufactured by concerns having extensive experience in the production of such equipment. Units specified herein shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. The equipment furnished shall be designed, constructed and installed to operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings. B. The pump rehabilitation provider shall be fully responsible for the design, arrangement and operation of all connected rotating components of the assembled mounted pumping unit and to ensure that neither harmful nor damaging vibrations occur at any speed within the specified operating range. C. Vibration, when measured in the direction of maximum amplitude on either the pump or motor bearing housings shall not exceed the Hydraulic Institute specified displacement and velocity limit at any speed within the operating speed range. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the unit and equipment are ready for operation. B. All equipment and parts must be properly protected against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. Store all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. The finished surfaces of all exposed flanges shall be protected by wooden or equivalent blank flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. D. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish the following spare parts for each pump: 1. Mechanical seal replacement kit. 2. Bearing replacement kits with all applicable parts. . 3. Gaskets and o -rings as required to disassemble and reassemble complete pump. B. All spare parts shall be properly protected for long periods of storage and packed in containers that are clearly identified with indelible markings as to contents. 1.7 WARRANTY A. The modified pumps (excluding the motors) shall be warranted for a period of 1 year from date of substantial completion as defined under the General Conditions to be free from defects in workmanship, design or material. If the equipment should fail during the warranty period due to a defective part(s), it shall be replaced in the machine and the unit(s) restored to service at no additional cost to the OWNER. The new motors supplied with the pumps shall have a 3 year warranty as specified in Section 16150. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The parts needed for the pump modifications shall all be supplied by one pump rehabilitation provider and shall be complete including (but may not be limited to): pump parts, new motors, steel mounting arrangement, couplings, guards. 2.2 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE A. The modified transfer pumps shall be designed for the conditions of service as shown in Table 11206-1. 2.3 PUMP CONSTRUCTION A. Motors shall be flexible coupled, TEFC, premium efficiency, inverter duty, and shall meet the requirements of Section 16150. Where differences exist between Section 16150 and the existing motors, the new motors shall, as a minimum, maintain the quality and features of the existing motors. New and improved motor risers shall be provided that will properly center the motor shaft with the pump shaft, and shall be welded to the existing baseplate to create a secure connection. The motor risers shall allow a minimum of 0.125" clearance for adding shims during the alignment process. Motor risers shall incorporate motor adjusting bolts to assist in the alignment process. B. Pump rehabilitation provider shall replace pump rotating assemblies with a new rotating assemblies designed for 4 -pole motor speed operation. Rotating assemblies shall have regreasable bearings and 316 stainless steel shafts. New seal kits, including seals, sleeve, and appropriate gaskets, shall also be installed as part of the rehabilitation. C. Pump rehabilitation provider shall trim existing pump impellers as required to meet the performance conditions shown in Table 11206-1. Modified performance shall be certified via a performance test meeting Hydraulic Institute Standards. Trimmed impellers shall be balanced to ISO G6.3 tolerance prior to reassembly. D. Pump rehabilitation provider shall include a new coupling guard providing protection of personnel as outlined by OSHA. Coupling guard shall be non-metallic, and shall have fasteners or hinged sections providing access for inspection and maintenance. E. A new elastomeric grid coupling shall be provided by the pump rehabilitation provider. Coupling shall be sized with a 1.25 factor of safety. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-4 F. Pumps shall be coated and painted to like new condition prior to placing into operation. Baseplates and other field -modified parts shall be field painted by the Contractor. 2.4 SHOP TESTING A. Each pump shall be given hydrostatic tests meeting Hydraulic Institute Standards following the rehabilitation process. No leaks shall be detected during the test period. A certification letter shall be provided to the Engineer documenting the testing conditions and results. B. Each pump shall be given a performance test meeting Hydraulic Institute Standards following the rehabilitation process and hydrostatic test. Performance curves shall be provided to the Engineer certifying that the pumps meet the conditions specified in Table 11206-1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with other trades, equipment and systems to the fullest extent possible. B. Take all necessary measurements in the field to determine the exact dimensions for all work and the required sizes of all equipment under this contract. All pertinent data and dimensions shall be verified. C. Contractor shall properly support suction and discharge piping in preparation for removal of complete pump and motor. Piping shall be drained and disconnected from pump flanged connections. All seal drain piping and ancillary connections shall be removed or relocated. D. Electrical connections to the existing motors shall be disconnected by the Contractor. All necessary safety lockout procedures shall be followed to de -energize the equipment. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. To the fullest extent possible, the Contractor and pump rehabilitation provider shall perform the required modifications and re -install the modified pumps using the existing pads and pump mountings. No piping changes shall be required or allowed as a result of the pump rehabilitations and new motors. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-5 B. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in the locations shown on the Drawings. Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and setting plans. C. Set base mounted pumps on the steel or cast iron base and check for alignment in accordance with the standards of the Hydraulic Institute. Field reports that show results of field laser alignment shall be included with final documentation. D. Connection of piping to pumps shall be performed by Contractor in presence of the ENGINEER. All piping connections to the pump shall be done without bending and/or twisting the piping to mate with the pump flange connections. E. A certificate from the pump manufacturer shall be submitted stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment is ready for operation, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and care of each unit. 3.3 FIELD TESTS A. In the presence of the ENGINEER, such tests as necessary to indicate that the pumps and motors and conform to the capacities and heads specified without excessive vibration or noise shall be performed. If a pump performance does not meet the specified requirements, corrective measures shall be taken or the pump shall be removed and replaced with a pump which satisfies the conditions specified. OWNER shall supply water for testing. CONTRACTOR shall supply temporary piping, gauge power as necessary for initial testing. Acceptance testing shall be performed with the system fully constructed per the plans and specifications. CONTRACTOR shall supply cleaning solution for acceptance testing. Written test procedures shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval 30 days prior to testing. B. If required, take corrective action and the units shall be retested to ensure full compliance with this Section. All costs associated with the field tests or any required corrective action shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-6 TABLE 11206-1 TRANSFER PUMP DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Item Description Design Conditions Number of Pumps (operating/standby) 4 (3/1) Maximum Motor Full Load Speed (rpm) 1,800 Maximum Allowed Motor (HP) 20 Motor Design Voltage/Phase to be Supplied 460/3 Maximum Anticipated Pumping Temperature (degrees F.) 90 Minimum Pump Discharge Size (inches) 6 Suction Size (inches) 8 Minimum Pump Shut -Off Head at Design Speed (feet) 66 Secondary TDH (feet) 62 Minimum Capacity at Secondary TDH (gpm) 600 Minimum Overall Efficiency at Secondary TDH (%) 76 Intermediate (Design) Capacity (gpm) 1,200 Minimum TDH at Intermediate (Design) Capacity (feet) 41 Minimum Overall Efficiency at Intermediate (Design) Capacity (%) 74 Maximum TDH at Run out (feet) 27 Minimum Capacity at Run out (gpm) 1,375 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-7 100 .100 400 000 600 rte Few -1Mer- Sire 521 elapse : 1 Speed, near : 1.16013., Bated en curve number' : 43 S tek11-1150 E16deney :36.5 % 1620% Power. reed :9.6 hp 140511 rp1OM :7.426 100 106 1,000 1.100 t200 100 tl SO re Oa 1e 1.300 PENTAIR 1 FIGURE 11206-1: EXISTING TRANSFER PUMP CURVE Encompass 2.11-12.10.0 Pump Performance Curve Im► erOto a -rely 430441 7. so 3133314 -4 .40- Please note that we can guarantee 1. - '.sd point: tl'- A^ that are //'- 00 tae Customer Customer rWO nn= Purer onambly Ore Revision Bremen Desem-Fluld Clly 0101 gummier �• Md ea.V. End Swaps :4 1111+113 1 r6 D3n0Anea11See (pressure. need Row. secondary Oinar5 ted Mad r pressure. 2Mry 9330 dtsm6y.'Wird I man Vaoaasy C4lC1l1Ca 199155'190.7-201 10011.0111 32.006 000 USgpm 39.00a 0.999 101199 Sri :100 OP END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Modifications 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Transfer Pump 11206-8 SECTION 11901 - STATIC MIXERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: This section specifies the requirements for the provision, installation, and testing of all static mixers. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Section 02616 — Disinfection 2. Division 11, Equipment 3. Division 15, Mechanical C. General Requirements: 1. The provision, installation, and testing of all static mixers shall be in accordance with the specifications herein. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with City of Clearwater Technical Specifications except as modified herein. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have experience in manufacturing in-line static mixers for chemical systems of the same or larger size to the devices specified. The Manufacturer shall show evidence of substantially similar installations for which in-line mixers have been in satisfactory operation for a minimum of 5 years with the specified chemicals. C. All chemical injectors or chemical injector mixers provided under this Section shall be obtained from a single supplier or manufacturer who, with the CONTRACTOR, shall assume full responsibility for the completeness of the system. The supplier or manufacturer shall be the source of information on all chemical injectors or chemical injector mixers and furnished regardless of the manufacturing source of that equipment. D. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. Uniform Fire Code. 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards for General Industry, Subparts 1910.1200 Hazard Communication (July 1986). 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 704 - Label System. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Static Mixer 16 -0032 -UT 11901-1 00992-0230 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1 A. Product literature and data for static mixers shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300 Submittal Procedures. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 A. Static Mixer shall be handled and stored in a manner which will ensure installation in sound, undamaged condition. Protect equipment including packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. . B. Items that are damaged will not be acceptable. Protect all bolt threads, etc. from 1 damage and corrosion. 1.5 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES A. The manufacturer shall provide a warranty for the chemical injector(s) and static mixer(s) for one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. B. During the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide the services of a 1 trained representative to make all adjustments, repairs and replace all defective equipment at no cost to OWNER. C. The manufacturer shall bear all costs incurred under the terms of the warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STATIC MIXER A. Mixer Specification: 1 1 1. The static mixer shall be of a compact ring body design for mounting between two (2) standard pipe flanges. All mixer materials shall be suitable for handling the process fluids. The ring body shall be a minimum of .875" and shall be formed from 316 Stainless Steel, NSF61 Certified. The mixer plate internals shall be no Tess than 1/8" thick and shall be formed from 316 Stainless Steel, NSF61 Certified. A 0.8 Beta, 316 Stainless Steel mixing plate, NSF61 Certified, shall be utilized on the mixer. The mixer shall have a laying length no longer than 2.625", inclusive of gaskets. Ring type EPDM gaskets shall be furnished and adhered to both sides of the mixer body. 2. The mixer shall have a CoV of 0.05 or better, whereas 99% of the sample 1 concentrations are within 15% of the mean concentration at ten (10) pipe diameters downstream from the mixer. An average variation in the process stream of the injected fluid shall be within 1% of the mean value at 10 pipe diameters downstream from the mixer. The mixer shall have a pressure loss of 4.0 psi or less at the maximum flow of 5.15 MGD. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Static Mixer 16 -0032 -UT 11901-2 00992-0230 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3. The Static Mixer Design Criteria table below indicates the conditions for each static mixer. Table 1 - Static Mixer Design Criteria Design Criteria Location Upstream of Transfer Pump Station Chemical Service 12% NaCIO Line Size (inches) 16 -Inch Typical Water Flow Range 868 GPM — 3,229 GPM Peak Water Flow 3,756 GPM Beta ValueNanes .8 Maximum Headloss at Maximum Flow 2.89 psi at 3,756 GPM 4. The injection mixer shall be an in-line type static mixer as manufactured by Westfall Manufacturing Co., Model No. 2800. A. Chemical Injector Specification: 1. Chemical Injector: Materials of construction shall be compatible with chemical solution and be capable of withstanding maximum pump discharge line pressure, output capacity, and water main pressure. 2. Water Main Connection: Ball valve shall be stainless steel. Thread connection shall be NPT or AVWVA inlet and capable of withstanding maximum water main pressure for 150 psi. Connection must include an acceptable safety device to prevent accidental withdrawal of Injection Solution Tube while under pressure and/or surge conditions. All wetted components shall be compatible with the chemical serviced. 3. Injector Tube: Materials of construction shall be compatible with the chemical serviced and shall be sized to match pump discharge line or injection flow rate. The injector tube diameter shall be 3/8 inch. A safety chain shall be included to prevent accidental withdrawal of solution tube past corporation stop. Safety chain length shall be preset by manufacturer. Operator shall be able to safely withdraw or insert Injector tube into center of water main while under pressure and without having to shut down the main. Solution tube shall extend 1/6 diameter of water main into center of main. Injector shall allow for rodding in place. 4. Chemical Pump Discharge Line Connection to Injector: As shown on drawings; provide all necessary fittings and connections to connect to the chemical service line. ' 5. The injector assembly must withstand a maximum operating pressure of 150 psi and shall be Saf-T-Flo, EB -145 model or approved equal. 1 1 1 City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Static Mixer 16 -0032 -UT 11901-3 00992-0230 6. Corporation Stop with Injection Quill a. The corporation stop with injection quill shall be 3/4 inch NPT to mount into the pipe tap for chemical service. b. The corporation stop shall be compatible with the chemical serviced with a shutoff and with protection chain. The seal material shall be EPDM gland. c. Operating Pressure: The operating pressure shall be a maximum of 150 psi. d. The corporation stop with injection quill shall be manufactured by Saf-T-Flo Industries Corp. or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Field Inspection Prior to and During Installation: 1. Inspect and verify that structures or surfaces on which the equipment will be installed have no defects which would adversely affect the installation. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report, in writing, defects which may affect the Work to the ENGINEER. A copy of the manufacturer's field report shall be provided to the ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of the static chemical mixer and appurtenances shall be in accordance with the Drawings and with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Conflicts of information shall be called to the attention of the ENGINEER. B. Inspect all chemical mixers prior to installation; if damaged, notify the ENGINEER and manufacturer promptly. Do not install damaged chemical mixers until repairs are made in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 FINAL CLEANING AND DISINFECTION A. Prior to Final Inspection and acceptance by the City of Clearwater, the Contractor shall flush and disinfect the static mixer and all portions of the piping in accordance with Section 02616 — Disinfection. B. The manufacturer shall check and approve the installation during construction and prior to initial operation. The manufacturer shall inspect the system in the presence of the ENGINEER and shall verify the equipment conforms with the specified City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Static Mixer 16 -0032 -UT 11901-4 00992-0230 requirements. Manufacturer's field services shall include a minimum of one (1) and up to two (2) trips of one (1) day per trip,. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Static Mixer 16 -0032 -UT 11901-5 00992-0230 SECTION 15065 - PLASTIC PIPE FOR CHEMICAL SERVICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing plastic pipe and fittings for chemicals use in pressure or process streams as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing fabrication of piping to fit equipment, piping materials, valves, and fittings to be used. Indicate special primers and adhesives, working clearance necessary, and supports required. B. Submit certificate from manufacturer showing compliance with specified standards and applicability of piping for its specified use. Inspect for defects and damage at delivery. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2.1 SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE A. Service Category 1. Sodium Hypochlorite B. Size: 1/2 inch to 4 -inches C. This specification covers the manufacturing requirements for Schedule 80 PVC Iron Pipe Size (IPS) pipe intended for use in industrial pressure -rated systems where the fluid being conveyed does not exceed 140°F. D. Rigid PVC (polyvinyl chloride) compound used in the manufacture of Schedule 80 pipe shall be Type 1, Grade 1 as identified in ASTM D-1784. The compound shall contain the specified amounts of pigment, stabilizer, and other additives approved by NSF for the conveyance of the specified service chemicals. E. Schedule 80 PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM standard D-1785 for physical dimensions and tolerances. F. The marking on Schedule 80 PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D- 1785 and shall state the manufacturer's' name or trademark, the material designation code, the nominal pipe size, the schedule of the pipe, the pressure rating in psi for water at 73°F, the ASTM designation number D-1785, and the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Plastic Pipe for Chemical Service 15065-1 NSF seal for potable water. 2.2 SCHEDULE 80 PVC DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PIPE A. Service Category 1. Sodium Hypochlorite B. Size: '/2 inch by 2.5 -inch C. System Design and Manufacturer 1. The Thermoplastic Double Containment System shall be a floating carrier design constructed from conventional pipe and fittings meeting applicable ASTM requirements for all standard configurations of primary carrier and secondary containment. The system shall include all pipe, fittings, valve and valve box enclosures supplied by the manufacturer. 2. Standard configurations (tees, elbows, crosses, etc.) of primary carrier fittings shall be equipped with extender couplings for installation in secondary containment pipe and fittings. 3. The primary carrier system shall be supported by polypropylene slide -on centralizer brackets positioned with a clean room adhesive. 4. Specialty fittings shall be fabricated according to the manufacturer's specifications, and shall be suitable for use with the specified primary carrier and the secondary containment system. Specialty fittings shall include the following: a. Termination fitting for start and stop of secondary containment. b. Closure Fitting for joining two (2) secondary containment lines that meet. c. Expansion Joint/Coupling for thermal expansion/contraction compensation or for joining of pipe lines. d. Any other customer fitting configuration designed for the system. 5. The Double Containment System shall be air -vented in order to prohibit pressurization in excess of 10 psi. 6. Valve Box enclosures for ball valves and ball check valves shall be Tee - Style with the specified valve installed. D. Size and Materials 1. The Double Containment system shall be a '/2 -inch Schedule 80 PVC primary carrier pipe and fittings inside a 2.5 -inch Schedule 80 PVC secondary containment pipe and fittings. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Plastic Pipe for Chemical Service 15065-2 1 1 ' 2. All primary carrier and secondary containment pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from PVC, cell class 12454 materials, according to ASTM D1784. ' 3. All primary carrier and secondary containment pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1785 for PVC. ' 4. All standard configuration primary carrier and secondary containment fittings shall meet ASTM D2467 for Schedule 80 PVC. All special configuration fittings shall meet the manufacturer's design requirements ' and be suitable for use with the designated pipe. 5. See Paragraph 2.1 in this Section for more specifications for Schedule 80 PVC pipe. ' 2.3 RESTRICTIONS ' 1. For NAOCL service, the following shall apply: a. Ball valves are not permitted on NAOCL service. b. Drilled ball valves 4 inches and smaller shall be provided with ' PTFE diaphragms; valves 5 inches and larger shall be provided with Hypalon or PDVF linings with PTFE diaphragms. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Pipe shall be examined for defects, damage, dirt and debris in pipe. Clean if necessary. Discard and remove defective materials. Reject materials found unsatisfactory. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. Solvent welded (glued) piping assembly for all NAOCL piping (including double containment inner and outer piping, as well as any vendor -supplied chemical pump skids) shall comply with the procedure outlined in ASTM- 2258 (latest edition), as summarized below: 1. Bevel the end of the pipe 1/16" to 3/32" for up to 8 -inch pipe. 2. Apply primer to the female fitting. 3. Apply primer to the male fitting/pipe. ' 4. Reapply primer to the female fitting. The surface must be kept wet with primer from step 2 through step 4. 5. Apply glue to the pipe/male fitting. Use a brush width '/2 the diameter of the ' pipe. 6. Apply glue to the female fitting. 7. Reapply glue to the pipe/male fitting. ' 8. Insert pipe into bottom of female fitting with a 1/4 turn. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Plastic Pipe for Chemical Service ' 16 -0032 -UT 15065-3 00992-0230 9. Hold for at least 30 seconds. B. Allow solvent weld joints to cure at least 24 -hours at temperatures above 40° F before placing in use. Install insulation per manufacturer's recommendations. Install heat tracing cable per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Pipe shall be installed in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. D. Primer for PVC piping shall be Weld -on P70 or approved equal. E. Cement for PVC shall be Industrial grade; Weld -on 714, gray or approved equal. 3.3 TESTING A. Test completed piping system in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Plastic Pipe for Chemical Service 15065-4 SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and provide all valves, and appurtenances complete with actuators and all accessories as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Valves specifically excluded from this Section are as follows: 1. All interior valves for process piping 2. All valves for plumbing work. 3. All valves for heating and ventilation work. 4. All valves specifically included with equipment. 1.2 RELATED WORK 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, materials required to establish compliance with this Section for shop drawings. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, specifications and engineering data including: a. Dimensions. b. Size. c. Materials of construction. d. Weight. e. Protection coating. f. Actuator weight. g. Calculations for actuator torque where applicable. B. Test Reports 1. Four copies of all certified shop test results specified herein. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit complete operation and maintenance manuals including copies of all approved Shop Drawings. D. Certificates 1. Certificates of compliance where required by referenced standards: For each valve specified to be manufactured and/or installed in accordance City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-1 with AWWA and other standards, submit an affidavit of compliance with the appropriate standards, including certified results of required tests and certification of proper installation. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C111 - Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. AWWA C500 - Metal -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 3. AWWA C502 - Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants. 4. AWWA C504 - Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves. 5. AWWA C509 - Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 6. AWWA C515 - Reduced Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service 7. AWWA C517 - Resilient -Seated Cast Iron Eccentric Plug Valves 8. AWWA C800 - Underground Service Lines and Fittings C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. D. ASTM International 1. ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings 3. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 4. ASTM A276 - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 5. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. E. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) 1. SSPC SP -6 - Joint Surface Standard Commercial Blast Cleaning F. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-2 1. Valves and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the standard product in regular production by manufacturers whose products have proven reliable in similar service for at least 10 years. If required, the manufacturer shall furnish evidence of installation in satisfactory operation. 2. All units of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer. B. Design Criteria 1. All valves and appurtenances shall be new and in perfect working condition. Valves shall be designed for continuous use with a minimum of maintenance and service required and shall perform the required function without exceeding the safe limits for stress, strain or vibration. In no case will used or damaged valves be acceptable. The selection of equipment to meet the specified design conditions is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Both workmanship and material shall be of the very best quality and shall be entirely suitable for the service conditions specified. C. Source Quality Control 1. Valves shall be shop tested in accordance with the following: a. Metal -seated gate valves: AWWA C500. b. Rubber -seated butterfly valves: AWWA C504. c. Resilient -seated gate valves: AWWA C509. d. Reduced -wall, resilient -seated gate valves: AWWA C515. 2. Obtain each type of valve from no more than one manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work. B. Protect threads and seats from corrosion and damage. Rising stems and exposed stem valves shall be coated with a protective oil film which shall be maintained until time of use. C. Furnish covers for all openings. 1. All valves 3 -in and larger shall be shipped and stored on site until time of use with wood or plywood covers on each valve end. 2. All valves smaller than 3 -in shall be shipped and stored as above except that heavy card board covers may be furnished instead of wood. D. Store equipment to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Any corrosion in evidence at the time of OWNER acceptance shall be removed, or the valve shall be removed from the job. E. Store all equipment in covered storage off the ground. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-3 1.7 COORDINATION A. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate with the work which is related to this Section including buried piping installation, site utilities, piping insulation, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, plumbing and chemical feed facilities. B. Coordinate the location and placement of concrete thrust blocks when required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All buried valves shall open clockwise. B. The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. C. Valves shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one manufacturer. D. Valves shall have the name of the maker, nominal size, flow directional arrows, working pressure for which they are designed and standard to which they are manufactured cast in raised letters on some appropriate part of the body. E. Unless otherwise noted, valves shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they connect to, whichever is higher, and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed. F. Valves shall be of the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings they are connected to. Except as otherwise noted, joints shall be mechanical joints, with joint restraint where the adjacent piping is required to be restrained. G. Valves shall be especially constructed for buried service. 2.2 VALVE BOXES A. All gate, butterfly and plug valves shall be provided with extension shafts, operating nuts and valve boxes as follows: 1. Extension shafts shall be carbon steel and the operating nut shall be 2 -in square. Shafts shall be designed to provide a factor of safety of not Tess than four. Operating nuts shall be pinned to the shafts. 2. Top of the operating nut shall be located 2 -in below the rim of the valve box. 3. Valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Clow, Mueller, Tyler or equal and shall be a heavy -pattern cast iron, three-piece, telescoping type box with dome base suitable for installation on the buried valves. Inside City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-4 diameter shall be at least 4 -1/2 -in. Barrel length shall be adapted to the depth of cover, with a lap of at least 6-inwhen in the most extended position. 4. Covers shall be cast iron with integrally -cast direction -to- open arrow, and the word 5. 'WASTEWATER" shall also be integrally cast. Aluminum or plastic are not acceptable. A means of lateral support for the valve extension shafts shall be provided in the top portion of the valve box. B. The upper section of each box shall have a top flange of sufficient bearing area to prevent settling. The bottom of the lower section shall enclose the stuffing box and operating nut of the valve and shall be oval. All fasteners shall be Type 304 stainless steel. 2.3 VALVE ACTUATORS — GENERAL/ MANUAL A. The valve manufacturer shall supply, mount and test all actuators on valves at the factory. The valves and their individual actuators shall be shipped as a unit. B. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, valves shall be manually actuated. Non -buried valves shall have an operating wheel, handle or lever mounted on the operator. Those with operating nuts shall have a non -rising stem with an AWWA 2 in nut. At least two tee handles shall be provided for all operating nuts. Unless otherwise noted, operation for all valves shall be CCW open. C. All actuators shall be capable of moving the valve from the full open to full close position and in reverse and holding the valve at any position part way between full open or closed. D. Each operating device shall have cast on it the word "OPEN" and an arrow indicating the direction of operation. E. All position indication and direction of opening arrows shall be embossed, stamped, engraved, etched or raised castings. Decals or painted indications shall not be allowed. F. Unless otherwise noted, all valves larger than 3 in nominal diameter shall be provided with position indicators at the point of operation. 2.4 VALVE ACTUATORS — POWERED A. General 1. Electric actuators for t/4 turn valves shall be operated on 120 volt single phase power as specified below. 2. The actuators shall conform to AWWA Standard C540, insofar as applicable and as herein specified. Actuators shall be 0 -ring sealed, watertight to standard NEMA 4X. 3. Valve service/operation shall be as indicated on the P&IDs. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-5 4. Modulating actuators shall contain proportional control unit and be capable of 1200 starts per hour, open -closed valve actuators shall not require a proportional control unit, and be capable of continuous operation. 1 1 1 B. 120 Volt Single Phase Reversing, Non Spring Return Electric Actuators for 1/4 Turn Valves, 100 to 1000 in -Ib Torque Range 1. Valve actuators shall be sized by the valve supplier meeting the requirements of AVWVA C540. Actuators shall be mounted on the valves in the valve supplier's facility, and factory tested. 2. Actuators shall operate on 120 volt, 60 hz single phase, power supply. Enclosure rating shall be NEMA 4X, constructed of cast aluminum or steel alloy, powder coated or fusion bonded epoxy finish. 3. Power train shall be self-locking planetary epicyclical gear design, consisting of hardened steel and or hardened bronze alloy gears with bronze bearings. Housing penetrations shall be sealed with mechanical seals. Housing shall be equipped with space heaters. Valve mounting system shall be ISO 5211. 4. Actuator shall be designed for open/close/jog reversing service. Proportional/modulating service shall be provided where required in the equipment specifications or Instrumentation Drawings. Actuators shall have visual mechanical indication of position. Manual override shall be direct worm drive with minimum 5 inch diameter hand wheel. Hand wheel size shall be provided such that a maximum 40 Ib rim pull is required. 5. Motors shall be designed specifically for valve actuation service, with Class F insulation, with split phase capacitor protection. Duty cycle shall not be less than 40% at 100 deg F. for open/close duty, and 100% for modulating duty. 90 degree travel time shall vary from 10 to 20 seconds depending on actuator size. Actuators shall have SPDT contacts for remote valve position indication. 6. Actuators shall be P Series as manufactured by Promation Engineering, Brooksville, FL, or equal. 2.5 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves and operators for low pressure air piping shall conform to the AVWVA C504, except as specified herein. Valves shall have a minimum 150 psi pressure rating and be equal to those manufactured by Henry Pratt; M&H or DeZurik valve companies. B. Butterfly valves shall be flanged end with face to face dimensions in accordance with Table 2 of above mentioned AWVVA standards for short body valve, or wafer type. C. Valve seats shall be full resilient seats retained in the body or on the disc edge in accordance with Section 8 of the above mentioned AWWA standards. If the resilient seat is in the body, the disc shall be of cast ni resist conforming to ASTM A436 Type 1 with the periphery machined to a smooth spherical surface. If the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 resilient seat is mounted on the disc edge it shall be held in place by a one piece Type 304 stainless steel retaining ring and stainless Nylock screws, the disc shall be of ASTM A48, Class 40 cast iron and a mating Type 304 stainless steel ring shall be installed in the valve body. Resilient seats shall be Hycar or equal for water service and Nordel or equal for air service. Resilient seats in valves for air service shall be mounted in the body only. D. The valve body shall be constructed of close grain cast iron per ASTM A126, Class B with integrally cast hubs for shaft bearing housings of the through boss type. Permanently self lubricating body bushings shall be provided and shall be sized to withstand bearing loads. Stuffing box of liberal dimensions shall be provided at the operator end of the vane shaft, arranged so that the packing can be replaced by removing the bronze follower without removing the operator. Packing shall be of the Chevron type as manufactured by Garlock Packing Company. A sealing element utilizing 0 rings shall also be acceptable. E. The valve shaft shall be of Type 304 stainless steel and designed for both torsional and shearing stresses when the valve is operated under its greatest dynamic or seating torque. F. In general, the butterfly valve operators shall conform to the requirements of Section 3.8 of AWWA C504, insofar as applicable and as specified herein. G. Gearing for the operators where required shall be totally enclosed in a gear case in accordance with Section 3.8.3 of AWWA C504 standard. H. The manual operators shall conform to Section 3.8.1 of AWWA C504 standard, insofar as applicable. Valves shall have handwheel or lever operators and open left, or counterclockwise. Operators shall have indicators to show position of the valve disc. Operators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body. 2.6 PLASTIC BALL VALVES A. Ball valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1 with socket or flanged ends as required. Valve bodies shall be double union type. PVC ball valves shall be as manufactured by Heyward, Aashi America or approved equal. All valves shall be mounted in such a position that valve position indicators are plainly visible. B. Ball valves shall be electrically actuated with the valve actuators designed for operation of quarter turn valves. Actuators shall be for open/close operations only. In case of a power failure, the actuator will be designed to close in its current position. The actuator drive train shall be completely enclosed in a weather tight enclosure, designed for outdoor installation. Valve port position shall be indicated. 2.7 BALL CHECK VALVES A. Check valves for PVC pipe shall be of PVC Type 1, Series BC with socket or flanged ends as required. Valve bodies shall be union type. PVC ball check City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-7 valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc.; Wallace and Tiernan Inc. or equal. 2.8 1 -INCH AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Air release valves shall exhaust accumulated air from the system while under pressure. The valve shall be capable of venting air; closing only after all the air has been vented. The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under pressure as often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated air. The valve shall be equipped with vacuum check valve on the air outlet and will not admit air to re-enter during vacuum conditions. B. Air valves shall be of the size shown on the plans. C. The body shall be made of high strength plastic, and all operating parts are made of specially selected corrosion resistant materials. The valve shall be equipped with a drainage outlet enabling the removal of excess fluids. Air release orifice shall be 12 mm2 and suitable for 150 PSI maximum working pressure. Screens shall be installed on the opening of all air release valves. Valve shall be equipped with a strainer. D. Valves 3 -inch size and smaller shall have a threaded inlet connection, and larger valves shall have a flanged inlet faced and drilled per ANSImB16.1 Class 250. E. One -inch NPT inlet and outlet shall be provided, unless otherwise specified in the drawings. F. Connections from corporation stops to air release valves shall be brass for rigidity. G. Automatic air release valves shall be manufactured by ARI Model D-050 VAC, or approved equal. 2.9 CHECK VALVES A. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having integral (not Wafer) flanges. Valves shall be Val -Matic Swing Flex Model V500 Series, Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co. Model 106LW, or approved equal. B. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an 0 -ring seal and be locked in place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use of special tools. C. The shaft shall be single and continuous stainless steel, extending on one side of the body with a lever and weight. D. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of corrosion -resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-8 externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustable control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve. Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero velocity, and be watertight. E. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body. F. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to the following ASTM specifications: 1. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B 2. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 3. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM B148, ASTM A276 d. Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal 4. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion -resistant Commercial material G. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all check valves used in sewage applications shall be coated with a factory applied, two-part epoxy coating to a minimum of 20 mils thick. 2.10 TAPPING SLEEVES AND TAPPING VALVES A. Tapping sleeves shall be of ductile iron, designated for working pressure not less than 200 psi. Armored end gaskets shall be provided for the full area of the sleeve flanges. Sleeves shall be as manufactured by Kennedy, M&H, or Clow or equal. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. All ferrous surface inside and out shall have a fusion -bonded epoxy coating. B. Tapping valves shall conform to the requirements specified above for gate valves except that one end shall be flanged and one mechanical. Tapping valves shall be provided with an oversized opening to permit the use of full size cutters. 2.11 LINE STOPS A. Temporary line stops shall be provided, installed, and removed where required to isolate sections of existing mains to allow installation of new fittings and valves. B. Line stop sleeves shall be mechanical joint split cast-iron units rated for 150 psi working pressure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-9 C. Line stops shall have ANSI B 165-1, 125 Ib. outlet flanges. The CONTRACTOR shall determine the outside diameter of the existing main before ordering the sleeve. D. Completion plugs used for line -stopping shall be manufactured from ASTM -36 grade material as a minimum. Completion plugs shall be designed with a groove for the placement of an 0 -Ring that will aid in the permanent sealing of the line - stop fitting to permit the recovery of our temporary valve used in the line -stop procedure. E. Line -stopping completion plug on mains 16" and above will be designed with a reduced branch outlet. F. Minimum blind flange thickness of the cover plate shall comply with AWWA C- 207. Nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. G. The temporary line -stopping valve shall be supplied for the duration of the line - stopping procedure. H. A service saddle to purge the pressure from the main once the line -stopping heads are in place shall be used. The service saddle will be utilized to re - pressurize the main allowing equal pressure on both sides of the line -stopping head in order to extract the head from the main. The CONTRACTOR shall check for any leaks in the modifications prior to the heads being extracted. Line Stops shall be Rangeline, TD Williams, or approved equal. 2.12 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128 or EBAA Iron Sales E2100 Series. All couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project, 100 -psi minimum. 2.13 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. B. Split type coupling shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on the Drawings. The couplings shall be mechanical type for radius groove piping. The couplings shall mechanically engage and lock grooved pipe ends in a positive coupling and allow for angular deflection and contraction and expansion. C. Couplings shall consist of malleable iron, ASTM Specification A47, Grade 32510 housing clamps in two or more parts, a single chlorinated butyl composition sealing gasket with a "C" shaped cross-section and internal sealing lips projecting diagonally inward, and two or more oval track head type bolts with City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-10 hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to ASTM Specification A183 and A194 to assemble the housing clamps. Bolts and nuts shall be Series 300 stainless steel. D. Victaulic type couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of flanged joints as manufactured by Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741. E. Pipes shall be radius grooved as specified for use with the Victaulic couplings. Flanged adapter connections at fittings, valves, and equipment. F. Sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall be of steel. The coupling shall be provided with stainless steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop removed. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. G. If the CONTRACTOR decides to use victaulic couplings in lieu of flanged joints, he shall be responsible for supplying supports for the joints. 2.14 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Air Release Valves shall be as shown on the Drawings; the basis of design is 3 - inch ARI model D025. 2.15 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP COATINGS A. The interior ferrous metal surfaces, except finished or bearing surfaces, shall be blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -10 and painted with two coats of an approved two -component epoxy coating specifically formulated for potable water use. The coating shall be NSF certified to Standard 61. B. Exterior ferrous metal surfaces of all buried valves and hydrants shall be blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP -6 and given two shop coats of an approved two -component coal tar epoxy paint. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. During installation of all valves and appurtenances, verify that all items are clean, free of defects in material and workmanship and function properly. B. All valves shall be closed and kept closed until otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF BURIED VALVES AND VALVE BOXES A. Buried valves shall be cleaned and manually operated before installation. Buried valves and valve boxes shall be set with the stem vertically aligned in the center of the valve box. Valves shall be set on a firm foundation and supported by tamping pipe bedding material under the sides of the valve. The valve box shall City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-11 be supported during backfilling and maintained in vertical alignment with the top flush with finish grade. The valve box shall be set so as not to transmit traffic loads to the valve. B. Before backfilling, all exposed portions of any bolts shall be coated with two coats of bituminous paint. C. Install valve floor stand operators with stainless steel bolts. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES A. The proper authority shall be contacted and their permission granted prior to tapping a "live" line. The required procedures and time table shall be followed exactly. B. Installation shall be made under pressure and flow shall be maintained. The diameters of the tap shall be not Tess than 1/4 -in less than the inside diameter of the branch line. C. The entire operation shall be conducted by workers experienced in the installation of tapping sleeves and valves. The tapping machine shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. D. Determine the location of the line to be tapped to confirm that the proposed location will be satisfactory and that no interference will be encountered such as joints or fittings. No tap or sleeve will be made closer than three feet from a pipe joint. E. Tapping sleeve and valve with boxes shall be set squarely centered on the line to be tapped. Adequate support shall be provided under the sleeve and valve during the tapping operation. Thrust blocks or other permanent restraint acceptable to the ENGINEER shall be provided behind all tapping sleeves. Proper tamping of supporting pipe bedding material around and under the valve and sleeve is mandatory for buried installations. F. After completing the tap, the valve shall be flushed to ensure that the valve seat is clean. All proper regulatory procedures (including disinfection) shall be followed exactly. 3.4 FIELD TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Conduct a functional field test of each valve, including actuators and valve control equipment, in presence of ENGINEER to demonstrate that each part and all components together function correctly. All testing equipment required shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-12 3.5 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE A. Furnish the services of a qualified representative of the tapping equipment manufacturer to provide on-site instruction during wet tapping of the existing water mains indicated on the Drawings. B. Following installation of the butterfly valves, furnish the services of a qualified, factory -trained representative of the manufacturer of the respective valves, to check the installations before they are placed in operation, supervise initial operations and testing in the presence of the ENGINEER, instruct the plant personnel in care and maintenance of the equipment, and make all necessary field adjustments. In the event of issues with the equipment, the representative of the respective manufacturer shall revisit the site as often as necessary until all issues are corrected and the installation is entirely satisfactory. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Valves and Appurtenances 15100-13 SECTION 16075 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install identification for electrical apparatus and electrical Work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 110, Requirements for Electrical Installation. 2. NEC Article 210, Branch Circuits. 3. NEC Article 215, Feeders. 4. NEC Article 504, Intrinsically Safe Systems. 5. NEC Article 700, Emergency Systems. 6. NEC Article 701, Legally Required Standby Systems. 7. NEC Article 702, Optional Standby Systems. 8. 40 CFR 1910.145 (OSHA) — Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 9. NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety in the Workplace. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: a. Complete description and listing of proposed electrical identification and electrical identification devices for associated equipment or systems. b. Conduit and wire identification numbering system and equipment signage. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature, cut sheets, specifications, dimensions and technical data for all products proposed under this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-1 1. Nameplates: 1 1 a. Laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved condensed 1 block black lettering on white background, square corners, and beveled front edges, or match existing. b. Size: As required. I c. Letter Size: Minimum 3/16 -inch. d. Nameplates one -inch or less in height shall have one mounting hole at each end. Nameplates greater than one -inch in height I shall have mounting holes in the four corners. 2. Legend Plates: a. Legend plates for pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches, and other panel -mounted devices shall be large size with dimensions of approximately 2-7/16 inches wide by 2-13/32 inches tall (Allen Bradley large automotive size), plastic, custom engraved with black letters on white background. 1) Provide standard -size legend plates where devices are 1 mounted on motor control centers or switchgear and spacing of devices precludes using automotive -size legend plates. b. Lettering size and line weight shall be the same for all legend plates on the same panel or enclosure. Maximum size shall be 1/4 -inch and minimum size shall be 1/8 -inch. 1 B. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide high voltage signs for equipment operating over 600 volts. 1 2. High -Voltage Safety Signs for Outdoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1 1) B-120-45471 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. 1 b. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, high voltage safety signs shall be not less than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, of fiberglass reinforced plastic, and shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145. Signs shall resist fading from exposure to temperature extremes, ultraviolet light, abrasive, and corrosive environments, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT" c. Mounting hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. High -Voltage Safety Signs for Indoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-84084 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Identification for Electrical Systems I 16 -0032 -UT 16075-2 00992-0230 b. High voltage safety signs for installation on indoor equipment shall be either pressure -sensitive acrylic or vinyl, and shall be not Tess than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT". 4. Cable Tray Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-86139 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Cable tray safety signs shall be pressure -sensitive vinyl conforming to 40 CFR 1910.145, 5 inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE" 5. Low -Voltage Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-86060 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage safety signs shall be pressure -sensitive vinyl complying with 40 CFR 1910.145, five inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — 480 VOLTS". 6. Low -Voltage Markers: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) CV442xx by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage markers shall be either pressure -sensitive vinyl or vinyl cloth with black lettering on orange background and shall read, "120 VOLTS", "208 VOLTS", "120/208 VOLTS", or "240 VOLTS" as required. C. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Warning signs shall be adhesive -backed polyester. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-3 3. Warning signs shall read, "Warning — Arc Flash and Shock Hazard. Appropriate PPE Required. Arc flash warning signs shall indicate the flash protection boundary, incident energy in calories per square centimeter, hazard level, description of required protective clothing, shock hazard, limited approach boundary, restricted approach boundary, prohibited approach boundary, and equipment name. D. Voltage System Identification Directories: 1. General: a. Directories shall be laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved block black letters on white background, square corners, and beveled front edges. b. Directories shall identify all voltage systems within building or structure. c. Directories shall list the colors that identify ungrounded and grounded conductors of each system. d. Example Directory Text: Voltage System Identification System A, B, C Neutral 277/480 Brown, Orange, Yellow Gray 120/208 Black, Blue, Red White 2. Large directories for rooms shall have text height not Tess than 1/2 -inch. 3. Small directories for equipment shall have text height of not less than 1/4 - inch. E. Conduit Labels: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. B-915-xxxxx by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Shall be pre -tensioned acrylic/vinyl construction coiled to completely encircle conduit for conduit up through five -inch diameter, or pre -molded to conform to circumference of conduit six-inch diameter and larger. 3. Attach strap -on style for six-inch diameter conduit with stainless steel springs. 4. Shall be blank for use with custom printed labels. 5. Custom Labels: a. Shall have black lettering on yellow background. b. Shall not contain abbreviations in legend. c. Shall be custom printed on continuous tape with permanent adhesive using thermal printer specified below. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. Wire Identification: 1. Heat Shrinkable Wire and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-341 PS-xxx-2W by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. White heat -shrinkable irradiated polyolefin shrink -on sleeves. Labels shall be thermal printed. Labels shall be not less than two inches wide. 2. Wrap -Around Wire and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) THT-XX-427 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Self -laminating white/transparent self -extinguishing vinyl strips. Length shall be sufficient to provide at least 2.5 wraps. Labels shall be thermally printed and not less than two inches wide. G. Detectable Underground Warning Tape: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Indentoline by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Polyethylene or polyester with detectable metal core and polyester underlaminate. 3. Width: Two inches. 4. Color and Labeling: Yellow or red with permanently imprinted black letters: "CAUTION — Buried Electric Line", repeated continuously over full length of tape. H. Thermal Printing System: 1. Utilize thermal transfer process to provide non -smearing labels and markers. 2. Wire and Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) TLS2200 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-5 b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) 200M by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. 3. Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Handimark by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Labelizer PLUS by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. I. Generator System Warning Signs: 1. Generator warning signs shall be labeled in accordance with NEC Article 700, NEC Article 701, or NEC Article 702. 2. Material, Colors, Letters: Plastic with white letters on red background. Letters shall be not less than 3/8 -inch high. 3. Attachment: Use stainless steel self -tapping screws. 4. Location warning sign shall read, "WARNING — THIS SITE EQUIPPED WITH A DIESEL DRIVEN STAND-BY GENERATOR LOCATED IN AN ADJACENT ROOM". 5. Generator ground warning sign shall read, "WARNING — GENERATOR GROUNDED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IS CONNECTED TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN THIS ENCLOSURE. DO NOT OPERATE GENERATOR WHILE EITHER CONDUCTOR IS DISCONNECTED TO AVOID SEVERE SHOCK HAZARD AND POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE." 2.2 FABRICATION A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Nameplate and legend plate text is preliminary and subject to change pending final review and approval of nomenclature by ENGINEER after start-up and testing. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-6 A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and as required for proper identification of equipment and materials. B. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, attach permanent nameplates with permanent adhesive and with 3/16 -inch diameter, round head, stainless steel machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters to identify each console, cabinet, panel, or enclosure as shown or indicated. 3. Provide nameplates for field -mounted motor starters, disconnect switches, manual starter switches, pushbutton stations, and similar equipment operating components, which shall describe motor or equipment function and circuit number. 4. Provide nameplates with 1/2 -inch high letters to identify each junction and terminal box shown or indicated. 5. On switchgear, provide nameplates for each main and feeder circuit including control fuses, and for each indicating light and instrument. a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters giving switchgear designation, voltage rating, ampere rating, short circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. b. Identify individual door for each compartment with nameplate giving item designation and circuit number. 6. Motor Control Centers and Switchgear: a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch letters with motor control center or switchgear designation. b. Identify individual door for each unit compartment with nameplate identifying controlled equipment. 7. Except conduit, all electrical appurtenances including lighting panels, convenience outlets, fixtures, and lighting switches, shall be provided with nameplates indicating appropriate circuit breaker number(s). 8. Push Buttons: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Provide red buttons for stop function. d. Provide black buttons for other functions. 9. Pilot Lights: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Shall have lens colors as shown or indicated. Where no color is indicated, provide the following Tens colors: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-7 Color Legend Green Stopped, Closed Red Running, Open Amber Alarm Blue Status or Reverse White Power 10. Selector Switches: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. 11. Panel Mounted Instruments: a. Provide nameplates for identification of function. 12. Interiors of Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, Terminal Boxes, and Other Enclosures: a. Provide nameplates for identification. b. Provide each item inside cabinet, console, panel, terminal box, or enclosure with laminated plastic nameplate as shown on approved Shop Drawings and CONTRACTOR"s other submittals. Install nameplates with adhesive. c. Interior items requiring nameplates include: 1) Terminal blocks and strips. 2) Bus bars. 3) Relays. 4) Rear of face -mounted items. 5) Rear of door -mounted items. 6) Interior mounted items that require identification when mounted externally. d. Circuit Breaker Directory: 1) Provide engraved laminated plastic directory listing function and load controlled for each circuit breaker within panel used for power distribution. 13. Re -label existing equipment whose designation have changed. C. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide safety signs and voltage markers on and around electrical equipment as shown or indicated. a. Install rigid safety signs using stainless steel fasteners. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Clean surfaces before applying pressure -sensitive signs and markers. 2. Install high voltage safety signs on all equipment doors providing access to uninsulated conductors, including terminal devices, greater than 600 volts. 3. Provide cable tray safety signs on both sides of cable trays at maximum intervals of 20 feet. Install signs on side rails of tray as acceptable to ENGINEER. a. Label cable trays that contain conductors greater than 600 volts with cable tray safety signs. b. Cable trays that contain conductors greater than 208 volts and less than 600 volts shall be labeled with low voltage safety signs. c. Cable trays that contain conductors of 120/208 volts shall be labeled with low voltage markers. d. Do not label cable trays that contain only instrument signal cables. e. Label cable trays that contain intrinsically safe wiring or cables in accordance with NEC Article 504. 4. Install low voltage safety signs on equipment doors that provide access to uninsulated 480 -volt conductors, including terminal devices. 5. Install low voltage markers on each terminal box, safety disconnect switch, and panelboard installed, modified, or relocated as part of the Work and containing 120/208 volt conductors. D. Voltage System Identification Directories 1. Provide voltage system identification directories as required by NEC Article 210 and NEC Article 215. 2. Provide in each electrical room voltage system identification directory mounted on wall or door at each entrance to room. 3. For panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other branch circuit or feeder distribution equipment that are not located in electrical rooms, provide voltage system identification directory mounted on equipment. a. Directories shall be affixed using epoxy glue. Screws or bolts shall not penetrate equipment enclosures. b. Directories shall be readily visible and not obscure labels and other markings on equipment. E. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Provide arc -flash safety signs as required by NEC Article 110. 2. Provide signs for switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and industrial control panels. Provide signs for control panels that contain 480 volt equipment. Provide arc flash warning signs on other equipment City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-9 where the incident energy is greater than 1.2 calories per square centimeter. F. Conduit Labels: 1. Provide conduits with conduit labels unless otherwise shown or indicated. 2. Do not label flexible conduit. 3. Do not label exposed single conduit runs of Tess than 25 feet between local disconnect switches and their associated equipment. 4. Conduit labels shall indicate the following information: a. Contract Number: Alphanumeric, three or four digits, as applicable. b. Conduit Number: Alphanumeric as shown on the Drawings, as assigned by CONTRACTOR for unlabelled conduits, and in accordance with approved submittals. 5. Conduits that contain intrinsically safe wiring shall have an additional pipe marker provided that has blue letters on white background and reads, "INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING". a. Install intrinsically safe pipe markers in accordance with NEC Article 504 along entire installation. Spacing between labels shall not exceed 25 feet. 6. Provide conduit labels at the following locations: a. Where each conduit enters and exits walls, ceilings, floors, or slabs. b. Where conduit enters or exits boxes, cabinets, consoles, panels, or enclosures, except pull boxes and conduit bodies used for pull boxes. c. At maximum intervals of 50 feet along length of conduit. 7. Orient conduit labels to be readable. G. Wire and Cable Identification: 1. Color -coding of insulated conductors shall comply with Section 16100, 2. Use heat -shrinkable wire labels where wire or cable is terminated. Use wrap-around labels where wire or cable is to be labeled but is not terminated. 3. Do not provide labels for the following: a. Bare (uninsulated) conductors, unless otherwise shown or indicated as labeled. 4. Provide wire and cable labels for the following: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-10 1 1 1 1 a. New, rerouted, or revised wire or cable. b. Insulated conductors. d. Wire and cable terminations: 1) Wire labels shall be applied between 1/2 -inch and one inch of completed termination 2) Apply cable labels between 1/2 -inch and one inch of cable breakout into individual conductors. 1 a) Label individual conductors in a cable after breakout as specified for wires. e. Wire or cable exiting cabinets, consoles, panels, terminal boxes, and enclosures. ' 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. 1 1 f. Wire or cable in junction boxes and pull boxes g. 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. Wire and cable installed in cable tray. ' 1) Wire and cable shall have labels at maximum intervals of 20 feet. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 h. Wire and cable installed without termination in electrical manholes. 1) Wire and cable shall have wrap-around labels applied within one foot of exiting manhole. 5. Wire and Cable Identification System: a. Wire and cable labels shall be imprinted with an identifying designator. 1) Wire and cable extending between two devices or items and that does not undergo a change of function shall be identified by a single unique designator as specified below. b. Field Wiring: 1) Wire or cable designator shall consist of a) Three left-most characters shall consist of the Contract number under which wiring or cable was installed. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-11 b) Fourth character from the left shall be an asterisk (*), a plus sign (+) or a hyphen (-). Do not use other punctuation symbols in a wire designator. c) Remaining characters shall be alphanumeric and make wire designator unique. d) Numbering shall reflect actual designations used in the Work and shall be documented in record documents. c. Cabinet, Console, Panel, and Enclosure Wiring, Internal: 1) New Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a) Wire and cable inside cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall have designators as specified in Section 13100, General Requirements. 6. Modified Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a. New or rerouted wire or cable in existing cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall be labeled as shown on the Drawings or be assigned a ten -character designator equivalent to field wire designator. H. Terminal Strip Labeling: 1. Label panel side of terminal to match panel wire number. 2. Label field side of terminal to match field wire number. Terminal number shall not include the Contract number. Generator System Warning Signs: 1. Provide warning signs for generator systems as required by NEC. 2. Install generator location warning sign on or immediately adjacent to service equipment, or to "normal" source disconnecting means when generator is located out of sight of service equipment or disconnecting means. 3. Install generator grounding warning sign on enclosure or immediately adjacent to point where generator neutral is connected to grounding electrode system if connection is made remote from generator. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK (SMALL SCOPE PROJECTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to complete the Electrical Work. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other these Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed. (a) Section 16075 — Identification (b) Section 16150 — Motors (c) Section 16260 — Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drive C. Intent: 1. Drawings show the principal elements of the electrical installation. They are not intended as detailed working drawings for the electrical Work but as a complement to the Specifications to clarify the principal features of the electrical systems. 2. It is the intent of this Section that all equipment and devices, furnished and installed under this and other Sections, be properly connected and interconnected with other equipment so as to render the installations complete for successful operation, regardless of whether all the connections and interconnections are specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown. D. Grounding: 1. Ground all equipment in conformance with the National Electrical Code. E. Demolition: 1. The removal or demolition of electrical components, as shown or indicated in contract documents, shall be in accordance with Specification 02050, Demolition. F. Temporary Power: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-1 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary Tight and power for construction purposes to be utilized by all trades on the project. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Permits: Obtain all permits required to commence work and, upon completion of the Work, obtain and deliver to ENGINEER a Certificate of Inspection and Approval from the State Board of Fire Underwriters or other authority having jurisdiction. 2. Codes: Material and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the current standards and recommendations of the National Electrical Code, Nation Fire Protection Agency and the National Electrical Safety Code and with local codes which apply. Where discrepancies arise between codes, the most restrictive regulation shall apply. 3. Tests by Independent Regulatory Agencies: Electrical material and equipment shall be new and shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally -recognized, independent testing laboratory, wherever standards have been established and label service regularly applies. 4. Utilities: a. Power Company: Work in connection with the electric service and utility metering shall be done in strict conformance with the requirements of the Power Company. b. Telephone Company: Work in connection with the telephone lines for the telephone service shall be done in strict conformance with the requirements of the Telephone Company. B. Reference Standards: Electrical material and equipment shall conform in all respects to the latest approved standards of the following: 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 2. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 8. Instrumentation Society of America (ISA). 9. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 SUBMITTALS City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-2 A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. 2. Electrical ratings. 3. Dimensioned plan, section, and elevations showing means for mounting, conduit connection, and grounding. 4. Materials and finish specification, including paints. 5. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 6. Internal wiring diagrams indicating all connections to components and numbered terminals for external connections. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS This project is in an existing water treatment facility and plant operation disturbances must be kept to a minimum. Provide 24 hours' notice of individual equipment shutdowns and 72 hours' notice for entire system shutdown. Provide any temporary power necessary to keep plant systems powered. A. Existing Conditions: 1. CONTRACTOR shall examine the site and existing facilities in order to compare them with the Drawings and Specifications with respect to the conditions of the premises, location of and connection to existing facilities and any obstructions which may be encountered. 2. CONTRACTOR is cautioned to perform his work with due regard to safety and in a manner that will not interfere with the existing equipment or in any way cause interruption of any of the functions of the plant. 1.5 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS A. Wet Locations: The following areas shall be considered wet locations: 1. All outdoor areas. 2. All indoor areas below grade unless otherwise specified. 3. Indoor areas above grade near water piping, valves or where otherwise designated and shown. 4. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as wet locations shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for wet loca- tions. Enclosures shall meet NEMA 4 requirements as a minimum and NEMA 4X requirements where specified. Conduits shall be terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs. B. Corrosive Locations: Refer to areas designated on drawings for hazardous locations: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-3 1. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as corrosive shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for corrosive locations. Conduit systems shall be PVC coated galvanized steel and enclosures shall meet NEMA 4X requirements. Conduits shall be terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs. Independent supports shall be PVC -coated galvanized steel, or fiberglass -reinforced epoxy struts. C. Hazardous Locations: Refer to areas designated on drawings for hazardous locations: 1. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as hazardous locations shall meet NEC & NFPA 820 requirements for the Class and Division designated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. General: 1. The types of raceways required include the following: a. Aluminum for exposed indoor conduit runs in non -corrosive areas. Galvanized Rigid Steel b. PVC coated rigid steel, Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester for exposed conduit runs in corrosive areas and in all outdoor areas. c. PVC coated rigid steel or Schedule 80 PVC (with 2" concrete cap) for individual conduit runs direct buried in earth. d. Schedule 40 PVC for conduit runs embedded in structural concrete slabs and steel reinforced concrete ductbank. e. Flexible conduit for connections to motors and equipment. 2. Coordination: a. Conduit runs shown are diagrammatic. b. Coordinate conduit installation with piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures and other systems and equipment and locate so as to avoid interferences. B. Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: 1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, mild steel, hot dip galvanized, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size.2. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Manufacturer: Provide rigid steel conduit and fittings of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. d. Or approved equal. C. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: 1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, mild steel, hot dip galvanized, smooth interior, tapered threads, carefully reamed ends, 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size with a factory coating of 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride. 2. Color: Color of coating shall be the same on all conduit and fittings. 3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC coated rigid steel conduit and fittings of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Perma-Cote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. D. Aluminum Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Rigid, heavy -wall aluminum, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size. E. Metallic Conduit Fittings and Outlet Bodies: 1. Material and Construction: Cast gray iron alloy, cast malleable iron bodies and covers. Outdoor units to be gasketed and watertight. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets not acceptable. All units to be threaded type with five full threads. Material to conform to ANSI C80.4 and be listed by UL. Fittings and bodies in or on PVC coated conduit runs to have a factory -applied coating of 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride. The use of "LB" fittings shall be avoided and type "LBD" fittings applied wherever the use of fittings is unavoidable. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-5 2. Manufacturer: Provide metallic conduit fittings and outlet bodies of one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. F. PVC Conduit: 1. Material: Schedule 40 or 80 PVC plastic, NEMA Type EPC -40 -PVC or NEMA Type EPC -80 -PVC, 90 C rated, conforming to UL No. 651. 2. Fittings: Form elbows, bodies, terminations, expansions and fasteners of same material and manufacturer as base conduit. Provide cement by same manufacturer as base conduit. 3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC conduit of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Carlon, Division of Indian Head, Incorporated. c. Or approved equal. G. Conduit Hubs: 1. Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration proof, weather proof with captive 0 -ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat. Hubs used on PVC coated conduit systems shall have a factory applied PVC coating. 2. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and other enclosures located in areas designated as wet locations. 3. Manufacturer: Provide material manufactured by Myers Electrical Products Company or approved equal. H. Flexible Conduit: 1. Material: Flexible galvanized steel core with smooth, abrasion resistant, liquid -tight, polyvinyl chloride cover. Continuous copper ground built in for sizes 3/4 -inch through 1-1/4 inch. Material shall be UL listed. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sealtite UA, as manufactured by Anaconda Metal Hose Division, Anaconda American Brass Company. b. Liquatite Type L.A., as manufactured by Electric -Flex Company. c. Or approved equal. Flexible Conduit Fittings: 1. Material and Construction: Die Cast Zinc finish. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard conduit size and shall be UL listed. 2. Manufacturer: Provide flexible conduit fittings of one of the following: a. Crouse Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. J. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Material and Construction: a. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron bodies and covers. Cadmium finish. b. Neoprene gaskets. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets not accept- able. c. Stainless steel cover screws. d. External mounting lugs. e. Drilled and tapped conduit holes. f. Boxes where conduits enter a building below grade shall have 1/4 -inch drain hole. 2. Manufacturer: Provide pull and junction boxes of one of the following: a. Crouse Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 3. Boxes for installation in areas classified as hazardous locations shall be explosion proof and shall comply with UL886. K. Sealing Fittings: 1. Materials and Construction: a. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron bodies with zinc electroplate and lacquer or enamel finish. b. Ample opening with threaded closure for access to conduit hub for making dam. 2. Sealing fiber for forming the dam within the hub and the sealing compound shall be approved for use with the fittings furnished. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Series EYS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-7 b. EYS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. 600 Volt Cable: 1. Insulated Cable In Raceways: a. Material: Single conductor copper cable conforming to ASTM B 3 and B 8 with flame-retardant, moisture and heat resistant cross-linked polyethylene or thermoplastic insulation rated 90 C in dry locations and 75 C in wet locations and listed by UL as Type XHHW-2 or THWN-2. b. Application: Use XHHW-2 for #4 and larger and /THWN-2 or XHHW-2 for #6 and smaller. c. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting and No. 14 AWG for 120 volt control circuits. d. Stranding: All 600 volt cable shall be stranded except that solid cable, size 10 and smaller may be used for lighting circuits. e. Manufacturer: Provide cable of one of the following: 1) Southwire. 2) The Okonite Company. 3) American Insulated Wire 4) General Cable 5) Or approved equal. 2. Cable Connectors, Solderless Type: a. For wire sizes up to #6 AWG, use compression type. b. For sizes #4 AWG and above, use either compression type or bolted type with silver-plated contact faces. c. For sizes #250 MCM and larger, use connectors with at least 2 cable clamping elements or compression indents and provision for at least 2 bolts for joining to apparatus terminal. d. Properly size connectors to fit fastening device and wire size. B. Cable for Installation in Trays: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Southwire. b. The Okonite Company. c. Prysmian Cables & Systems. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-8 d. General Cable. e. Or equal. 2. Material: Factory -assembled single- or multi -conductor control, signal, or power cable that bears UL label Type TC and are specifically approved for installation in cable trays. Overall jacket shall be sunlight -resistant PVC. Cable shall be rated for 90 degrees C wet or dry, complying with UL 44 and UL 1277. C. Instrumentation Cable: 1. Single Shielded Pair: a. Tinned copper, stranded conductors, #18 AWG minimum, twisted with aluminum -polyester shield, stranded tinned 20 AWG copper drain wire and overall chrome vinyl jacket. Rated for 300 volts minimum. 2. Multipaired Shielded: a. Tinned copper, 7 strand XLPE insulated conductors, #18 AWG minimum, twisted in pairs with aluminum-mylar shield over each pair, silicone rubber fiberglass fire barrier tape, tinned copper drain wire, aluminum mylar overall shield, Hypalon outer jacket. 3. Manufacturer: Provide shielded cable of one of the following: 1) Okonite Company. 2) Belden Company. 3) Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. 4) Or approved equal. 2.3 WIRING DEVICES A. Outlet Boxes: 1. Material: Cast gray iron alloy, or cast malleable iron, with zinc electroplate finish in damp, wet or exterior locations and zinc -coated sheet steel in dry locations. 2. Device Cover Plates: a. Stainless steel Type 302 alloy for indoor finished areas. b. Gasketed spring door type for devices designated as weatherproof. c. Integral with device for hazardous locations. d. Stainless steel screws and hardware. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-9 3. Manufacturer: Provide device boxes of one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. B. Snap Switches: 1. Switches for Non -Hazardous Locations: a. Single pole AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277 volt AC, 20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #1221-I, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbel Incorporated. b) Cat. #1991-I, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart Incorporated. c) Or equal. b. Single pole, 3 -way AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277 volt AC, 20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #1223-I, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell Incorporated. b) Cat. #1993-I, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart Incor- porated. c) Or approved equal. 2. Switches for Hazardous Locations: a. Material: Factory sealed tumbler switch suitable for installation in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron body and cover with zinc electroplate finish. Switch rated at 20 amperes, 120/277 volt AC. b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Series EDS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. 2) Type EDS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. 3) Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-10 C. Receptacles: 1. Receptacles for Non -Hazardous Locations: a. Duplex grounding receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt AC, 20 ampere. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #53CM62, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell Incorporated. b) Cat. #5362 -CR, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart Incorporated. c) Or approved equal. 2. Receptacles for Hazardous Locations: a. Material: Factory sealed receptacle suitable for installation in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Copper -free aluminum receptacle and cover with cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron mounting box with zinc electroplate finish. Receptacle rated at 20 amperes, 125-250 volt AC, 2 wire, three pole. b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Series CPS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. 2) Type CPS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. 3) Or approved equal. D. Disconnect Switches: 1. Service Disconnect Switches: a. Type: Fused, heavy-duty, single throw, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in OFF position and safety handle. b. Rating: Voltage, number of poles and short circuit rating as shown on the Drawings. Switch shall bear a UL label and shall be suitable for use as service equipment. c. Provide auxiliary dry contacts to indicate switch position. 2. Single Throw, Circuit Disconnect Switches: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-11 a. Type: Unfused, horsepower rated, heavy-duty, single throw, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in the OFF position and safety handle. b. Rating: Voltage and number of poles as required for motor or equipment circuits being disconnected. Switches shall bear a UL label. 3. Double Throw Safety Switches: 1. Type: Unfused, double throw with center "OFF" position, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in the "OFF" position, and safety handle. 2. Rating: Voltage and current ratings and number of poles as required for circuits being disconnected. Switches shall bear UL label and shall comply with UL 98, NEMA KS 1, and NEMA 250. 4. Enclosure: a. NEMA 12 for dry, non -corrosive areas. b. NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations and all outdoor locations. c. NEMA 7 for areas classified as hazardous locations. d. Nameplate identifying equipment for which switches serve as the disconnecting means. 5. Manufacturer: Provide disconnect switches of one of the following: a. Square D Company. b. General Electric Company. c. Eaton d. Or approved equal. 2.4 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Bare Ground Cable: 1. Material: Annealed, bare, stranded copper, No. 8 AWG minimum size. 2. Manufacturer: Provide ground cable of one of the following: a. Cablec Corporation. b. General Cable Corporation. c. Rome Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. B. Ground Rods: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-12 1. Material: Copperclad rigid steel rods, 3/4 -inch diameter, 10 feet long. 2. Manufacturer: Provide ground rods by one of the following: a. Copperweld, Bimetallics Division. b. ITT Blackburn Company. c. Or equal. C. Grounding Connectors: 1. Material: Pressure connectors to be copper alloy castings, designed specifically for the items to be connected, and assembled with Durium or silicone bronze bolts, nuts and washers. Welded connections to be by exothermic process utilizing molds, cartridges and hardware designed specifically for the connection to be made. Weld all buried connections except for test points. Compression fittings are acceptable for aboveground connections. 2. Manufacturer: Provide grounding connectors of one of the following: a. Pressure Connectors: 1) O.Z./Gedney, Division of General Signal Corporation. 2) Burndy Corporation. 3) Or equal. b. Welded Connections: 1) Cadweld by Erico Products, Incorporated. 2) Therm -O -Weld by Burndy Corporation. 3) Or equal. D. Ground Test Well: 1. Provide heavy-duty test well suitable for heavy-duty traffic. 2. Manufacturer a. Advanced Lightning Technology b. Or equal. 3. Diameter and Material: 12.75 -inch outside diameter, Schedule 80 PVC. 4. Depth: Two feet. 5. Cover: Provide test well with cast iron cover marked, "Ground" with cast iron ring to support lid. E. Ground system components shall comply with UL 467. 2.5 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-13 A. Motor Control Center Components and Modifications: 1. Contractor shall coordinate, supply, and install new Motor Control Center components, as shown on contract drawings and as required by other sections of this specification. Components may include: a. Electrically operated Circuit Breakers (Bolt -On or Draw -out). b. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers (Bolt -On or Draw -out). c. Wire ways, blank doors, and spaces. d. Motor Starter buckets (FVNR, RVSS, etc.), Control power transformers and other items, as shown on contract documents and in accordance with section 2.7 of this specification. 2. Manufacturers: Provide equipment by one of the following: a. Schneider Electric/Square D Company. b. No equal. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: a. NEC Article 430, Motors, Motor Circuits, and Controllers. B. Lighting and Distribution Panelboards: 1. Panelboards: a. Rating: Voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, number of wires and number of poles shall be as shown. b. Circuit Breakers: Molded case, bolt -in thermal magnetic type with number of poles and trip ratings as shown. c. Branch circuit interrupting capacity to exceed the maximum fault current available at the panelboard bus. d. Bus Bars: 98 percent conductivity copper. All 4 wire panelboards shall have a solid neutral bar. All panels shall have ground bus. e. Main: All panelboards shall have a main circuit breaker unless Drawings specifically call for main lugs only. f. Branch circuit breakers connected for sequence phasing. g. Construction: Code grade steel, ample gutter space, flush door, flush snaplatch and lock. h. Trim: Surface or flush as required. i. Directory: Typed card, with glass cover in frame on back of door giving the circuit numbers and the area or equip- ment served. j. Identification: Nameplate identifying the panel number and voltage. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-14 k. Manufacturer: Provide panelboards of one of the following: 1) General Electric Company. 2) Westinghouse Electric Corporation. 3) Square D Company. 4) Or approved equal. 2. Mini -Power Centers: a. General: Mini -power center shall consist of an encapsulat- ed dry -type transformer, primary and secondary main circuit breakers, and secondary panelboard all in one enclosure. b. Transformer Rating: KVA, primary voltage, secondary voltage, frequency and number of phases shall be as indicated on the Drawings. c. Branch Circuits: Molded case circuit breakers, plug-in thermal magnetic type with number of poles and trip ratings as shown on the Drawings. d. Enclosure: Weatherproof. e. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Mini -Power Zone, as manufactured by Square D Company. 2) Mini -Power Center, as manufactured by Eaton Corp 3) No equal. C. Dry Type Transformers: 1. General: a. Type: General purpose, dry type. b. Rating: KVA, primary voltage and connection, secondary voltage and connection, frequency and number of phases shall be as indicated on the Drawings. c. Taps: Full capacity, two 2-1/2 percent primary taps above normal and two 2-1/2 percent primary taps below normal. d. Sound Level: ANSI C89.1 standard. e. Enclosure: UL listed for either indoor or outdoor use. f. Insulation: Class 185 C, 115 C rise. g. Identification: Nameplate identifying the transformer number and voltages. 2. Manufacturer: Provide transformers of one of the following: a. General Electric Company. b. Eaton Corp c. Square D Company. d. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-15 D. Surge Suppression Devices: 1. SPD shall be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast - acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter. 2. SPD shall comply with requirements of the following: a. ANSI/UL 1449. b. UL 1283. c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45. 3. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental conditions: a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non -condensing. b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz. c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F. 4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45 Category A, B, and C application environments shall be suitable for the associated SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings. 5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where shown on the Drawings, SPD shall be factory -mounted and integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following Sections: a. Contract Drawings. 6. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the system configuration shown on the Drawings. Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short-circuit rating shall be 200 kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following: 1. Line -to -line. 2. Line -to -neutral. 3. Line -to -ground. 4. Neutral -to -ground. 7. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage. 9. ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI/UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following: Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277 L-N,L-G, N -G 800 1200 L -L 1200 2000 10. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a minimum, be the following: Category Application Per Phase Per Mode C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA B High exposure locations (distribution equipment) 160 kA 80 kA A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA 2.6 LIGHTING SYSTEMS A. Lighting Fixtures: 1. Type: Lighting fixtures are noted in the Fixture Schedule, located on contract drawings if in use. Fixtures to be complete with supports, ballasts, lamps and incidentals as required. 2. Lamps: a. Fluorescent: Cool white, energy efficient type. b. High Pressure Sodium: Clear. c. Mercury Vapor: Color corrected. d. Metal Halide: Phosphor coated. e. Incandescent: Inside frosted. f. Spare: Ten percent spare lamps of each type and wattage. 3. Ballasts: a. Fluorescent: High power factor, energy efficient type, equipped with thermal protectors (Type "P" ballast), compatible with the lamps installed. b. High Intensity Discharge: High power factor, constant wattage, stabilized autotransformer with line starting current the same or less than operating current. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-17 c. Ballasts to have "C" sound rating (min.) and be ETUCBM certified. d. Spare: Ten percent spare ballasts of each type. 4. Fixtures located in an area which is identified as a hazardous location shall be approved as a complete assembly for the hazardous location classification indicated on the Drawings, shall be clearly marked to indicate maximum wattage of lamps for which they are approved, and shall be protected against physical damage by suitable guards. 5. Hardware: All necessary hangers, supports, conduit adapters, reducers, hooks, brackets and other hardware required for safe fixture mounting shall be furnished. Hardware shall have a protective, non -corrosive finish. 2.7 CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Magnetic Motor Starters: 1. Type: Magnetic coil operated, horsepower rated with thermal overload protection. 2. Combination starter with magnetic only motor circuit protector. 3. Functional Type: Full voltage, single speed, non -reversing unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 4. Control power transformer fused and grounded on low voltage (120 V) side for each starter. 5. Auxiliary contacts for motor space heaters, remote status signals and interlocks as required. 6. Overload relays of the temperature compensated type and overload heaters sized to coordinate with actual motors being controlled. 7. Start and stop control stations, selector switches, pilot lights and other devices as required. 8. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlled. 9. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Square D b. No equal. B. Manual Motor Starters: 1. Type: Toggle operated, horsepower rated with thermal overload protection. 2. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlled. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Square D b. Eaton c. General Electric Company. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-18 1 1 d. Allen Bradley Company. Com an . e. No equal. IC. Control Stations: I 1. Type: Industrial, heavy duty, oiltight construction with clearly marked legend plates. 2. Lockout Stop: Maintained contact type with provisions for locking. I 3. Pushbuttons: Momentary or maintained types, NEMA A600 contact rating. 4. Selector Switches: Rotary type with round or oval handles and positioning device to securely hold switch in selected position. I 5. Indicating Lights: Transformer type with 6 volt lamp. Lens color red for running, green for stopped or ready and amber for failure. 6. Nameplates identifying equipment controlled if not readily I 7. apparent. Manufacturer: Provide control stations of one of the following: I a. Square D b. Eaton c. General Electric Company. d. Allen Bradley Company. 1 e. No equal. D. Relay Panels: 1 1. General: Provide relay panels for control of equipment as shown on the Drawings. 1 a. Relays shall be industrial type, 600 volt with convertible contact cartridge to convert from either NO or NC contacts. Number of contacts shall be as required for the control I functions shown on the Drawings. b. 300 volt barrier screw type terminal strips for all wiring entering and leaving the panel. 1 2. Enclosures: I a. b. NEMA 12 for dry indoor locations. NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations. c. NEMA 7 for Class I hazardous locations. 1 E. Variable Frequency Drives: 1. General: Variable Frequency Drives shall be provided per 1 Specification 16260, Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 City of Clearwater 1 RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-19 00992-0230 1 3.1 INSTALLATION 1 A. General: 1 1. Mount equipment so that sufficient access and working space is provided for safe operation and maintenance. 2. Securely fasten enclosures to walls and other structural surfaces on which they are mounted. Provide independent supports where no walls or other structural surface exists. 3. Install in conformance with the National Electrical Code. B. Raceway Systems: 1. Supports: a. Rigidly support conduits by clamps, hangers or unistrut channels. b. Support single conduits by means of one -hole pipe clamps in combination with one -screw back plates, to raise conduits from the support surface. Support multiple runs of conduits on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods, Kindorff or equal. Rods shall be not Tess than 3/8 -inch diameter, and shall be cadmium coated. c. For PVC coated rigid steel conduit runs, supports and hardware shall be PVC coated or stainless steel. 2. Fastenings: Fasten raceway systems rigidly and neatly to supporting structures by the following methods: a. To Wood: Wood screws. b. To Hollow Masonry Units: Toggle bolts. c. To Brick Masonry: Price expansion bolts, or equal. d. To Concrete: Phillips; Hilti Corporation; or equal, anchors. e. To Steel: Welded threaded studs, beam clamps or bolts with lockwashers or locknuts. 1 3. Exposed Conduit: a. Install parallel or perpendicular to structural members or ' walls. b. Wherever possible, run in groups. Provide galvanized conduit racks of suitable width, length and height and arranged to suit field conditions. Support every ten feet minimum. c. Install on structural members in protected locations. d. Locate clear of interferences. e. Maintain 6 inches from hot fluid lines and 1/4 -inch from walls. , City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 111 16-0032-UT 16100-20 00992-0230 f. Install vertical runs plumb. Unsecured drop length not to exceed 12 feet. 4. Conduit Embedded in Concrete: a. Separation: Three times outer diameter of larger conduit center to center. b. Minimum Slab Thickness: 1) With no crisscrossing of conduit, three times outer diameter of conduit. 2) With crisscrossing of conduits, four times outer diameter of larger conduit. c. Run conduit in center of slab. d. Before concrete is placed, make the necessary location measurements of the conduit to be embedded so that the information is available to prepare record drawings. 5. Underground Conduits: a. Install individual underground conduits a minimum of 20 inches below grade unless otherwise indicated. b. Perform all excavation, bedding, backfilling and surface restoration including pavement replacement where required. c. Make conduit connections watertight. d. Protect metallic conduits from corrosion by one of the following means: 1) Provide three inches of concrete all around conduits. 2) Tape conduits with an all-weather polyvinyl chloride plastic tape with a high tack adhesive formulated to resist corrosion, Scotchrap #50 or equal. 3) Apply 2 coats of a bitumastic coating. 6. Empty Conduits: a. Install nylon pull wire in each empty conduit and cap conduits not terminating in boxes with permanent fittings designed for the purpose. b. Identify each empty conduit with a durable tag showing the conduit number indicated on the Drawings. 7. Field Bends: No indentations. Diameter of conduit shall not vary more than 15 percent at any bend. 8. Joints: a. Apply conductive compound to all joints before assembly. b. Make up joints tight and ground thoroughly. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-21 c. Use standard tapered pipe threads for conduit and fittings. d. Cut conduit ends square and ream to prevent damage to wire and cable. e. Use full threaded couplings. Split couplings not permitted. f. Use strap wrenches and vises to install conduit. Replace conduit with wrench marks. g. Apply zinc -rich paint to exposed threads and other areas of galvanized conduit system where the base metal is exposed. 9. Terminations: a. Install insulated bushings on conduits entering boxes or cabinets, except threaded hub types. b. Provide locknuts on both inside and outside of enclosure for grounding. d. Bushings not to be used in lieu of Iocknuts. 10. Moisture Protection: a. Plug or cap conduit ends at time of installation to prevent entrance of moisture or foreign materials. b. Make underground and embedded conduit connections watertight. c. Thruwall Seals: Install for conduits passing through new exterior subsurface walls or base slabs of buildings and for conduits passing through existing exterior walls. For individual exposed conduits passing through interior walls, install non-metallic sleeves to protect the conduit against action of alkaline substances which may be present. d. Drainage: Pay particular attention to drainage for conduit runs. Wherever possible, install conduit runs so as to drain to one end and away from buildings. Avoid pockets or depressions in conduit runs. 11. Corrosion Protection: a. Conduit Curb: 1) In concrete slabs or floors, provide a two inch high curb extending two inches from the outer surface of the conduit penetrating the floor, to prevent corrosion. 2) Terminate conduit stub -ups in couplings, slightly above the finished concrete curb. 3) Apply corrosion protection tape, Scotchrap #50 or equal to the stub -up, a minimum of 6 inches above and below the finished surface of the concrete. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-22 b. Dissimilar Metals: 1) Take every action to prevent the occurrence of electrolytic action between dissimilar metals. 2) Do not use copper products in connection with aluminum work, and do not use aluminum in locations subject to drainage of copper compounds on the bare aluminum. 3) Back paint aluminum in contact with masonry or concrete with two coats of aluminum -pigmented bituminous paint. c. PVC Coating: Field apply a 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride coating to supports and fasteners for PVC coated conduit runs. 12. Reused Existing Conduits: a. Pull rag swab through conduits to remove water and to clean conduit prior to installing new cable. b. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. c. Pull mandrel through conduit, if necessary, to remove obstructions. 13. Core drill for individual conduits passing through existing concrete slabs. Obtain authorization from OWNER prior to core drilling. Seal spaces around conduit with epoxy grout. 14. PVC Conduit: a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b. Join sections in accordance with manufacturer's installa- tion procedures for push -fit, bell and spigot type joints, if applicable or with manufacturer's recommended cement. c. During installation provide expansion fittings for expansion and contraction to compensate for temperature variations. Expansion fittings shall be watertight and of the type suitable for direct burial. d. Make transition to intermediate or rigid steel conduit before making turn up to enclosures and equipment. e. Provide watertight expansion/deflection fittings at wall and floor penetrations of buildings and equipment concrete pads. 15. Flexible Conduit: a. Install at motors and equipment which are subject to vibration or require movement for maintenance purposes. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-23 Provide necessary reducer where equipment furnished cannot accept 3/4 -inch size flexible conduit. Limit flexible conduit length to three feet maximum. 16. Pull and Junction Boxes: a. Install pull boxes in runs containing more than three 90 degree bends, runs exceeding 200 feet, where indicated on the Drawings and where required to conform with the National Electrical Code. b. Size junction and pull boxes in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. c. Provide terminal blocks in junction boxes where cable terminations or splices are required. 17. Sealing Fittings: Install for hazardous and corrosive locations as required by the National Electrical Code and where shown on the Drawings. 18. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: Install fittings where conduits cross structural expansion joints. C. Wire and Cables: 1. 600 Volt Cable: a. Install all cables complete with proper terminations at both ends. Check and correct for proper phase sequence and proper motor rotation. b. Pulling: 1) Use insulating types of pulling compounds containing no mineral oil. 2) Pulling tension shall be within the limits recommended by the wire and cable manufacturer. 3) Use a dynamometer where mechanical means are used. 4) Cut off section subject to mechanical means. c. Bending Radius: Limit to 6 times cable overall diameter. d. Slack: Provide maximum slack at all terminal points. e. Splices: 1) Where possible, install cable continuous, without splice, from termination to termination. 2) Where required, splice in junction box using terminal boards. 3) Splices in conduits not allowed. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-24 f. Identification: Identify all conductors by circuit number and phase at each terminal or splice location. g. Color code power cables in accordance with OWNER'S standards. 2. Instrumentation Cable: a. Install in conduit separate from power cables unless otherwise noted. b. Ground shield on shielded cables at one end only. c. Terminate stranded conductors with pre -insulated crimp type spade or ring torque terminals properly sized to fit fastening device and wire size. d. Install and terminate vendor furnished cable in accordance with vendor equipment requirements. D. Wiring Devices: 1. Outlet Boxes: 2. a. Fasten boxes rigidly and neatly to supporting structures. b. For units mounted on masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2 -inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. c. Leave no open conduit holes in boxes. Close unused openings with capped bushings. d. Label each circuit in boxes and identify with durable tag. 3. Snap Switches: a. Install switches in outlet or device boxes in non- hazardous locations. b. Install switches in rigid metallic conduit systems in hazardous locations. c. Mount wall switches 4 feet 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted. 4. Receptacles: a. Install receptacles in outlet or device boxes in non -hazardous locations. b. Install receptacles in rigid metallic conduit systems in hazardous locations. c. Install receptacles with ground pole in the down position. d. Mount receptacles 18 inches above finished floor in non -hazardous locations and 4 feet 6 inches above finished floor in hazardous locations unless otherwise noted. E. Grounding Systems: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-25 1. Equipment Grounding: a. Ground all electrical equipment in compliance with the National Electrical Code. b. Equipment grounding conductors shall be stranded copper cable of adequate size installed in conduit where necessary for mechanical protection. Ground conductors, pulled into conduits with non -grounded conductors, shall be insulated. Color of insulation shall be green. c. Connect ground conductors to conduit with copper clamps, straps or with grounding bushings. d. Connect to piping by welding or brazing. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints. e. Connect to equipment by means of lug compressed on cable end. Bolt lug to equipment frame using holes or terminals provided on equipment specifically for grounding. Do not use holddown bolts. Where grounding provisions are not included, drill suitable holes in locations designated by ENGINEER. f. Connect to motors by bolting directly to motor frames, not to sole plates or supporting structures. g. Connect to service water piping by means of copper clamps. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints. h. Scrape bolted surfaces clean and coat with a conductive oxide -resistant compound. F. Service and Distribution: 1. Lighting and Distribution Panelboards: a. Mounting: Install panelboards at locations shown on Drawings. Set cabinets so that top branch circuit breaker is not over 6 feet from the floor. b. Directory: Complete typewritten directory indicating items controlled by each circuit breaker and the size of feeder serving the panel. c. Arrange circuits to balance the loads on the panelboards. 2. Dry Type Transformers: a. Install transformers on walls or floors. b. Mount transformers so that vibrations are not transmitted to the structural parts of the building or to other equipment. c. Adjust tap settings to provide proper voltage at panel - boards. d. Ground transformer in conformance with the National Electrical Code. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-26 3. Lighting Fixtures: a. General: Fixture mounting heights and locations indicated on the Drawings are approximate and are subject to revision in the field where necessary to clear conflicts and obstructions. b. Suspended Fixtures: Pendant mount using 1/2 -inch conduit stems. Ground to outlet box. Attach mounting to building structure with expansion anchors. Fixtures shall not be dependent on the outlet box cover screws for support. c. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Attach to appropriate outlet box. d. Boxes and Fixtures: 1) For units mounted against masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2 -inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. 2) Bolt units rigidly to building with expansion anchors, toggle bolts, hangers or Unistrut. 3) No boxes shall be installed with open conduit holes. 4) Cable each circuit and identify with tag. e. Mounting Heights: Mounting heights or elevations are to bottom of the fixture or to centerline of device. f. Relamp all fluorescent fixtures with new lamps at end of construction period, prior to final acceptance of the new facilities by OWNER. 3.2 INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Inspections: Accompany the normal installation tests with inspections to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OWNER the following: 1. Connections: All circuits are properly connected in accordance with the Drawings and applicable approved Shop Drawings. 2. Operation: All circuits and devices are operable. 3. Identification: All conductors are properly identified at each terminal. B. Testing: 1. 600 Volt Cable: a. Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in place to demonstrate that the circuit and connected equipment perform satisfactorily and that they are free from improper grounds and short circuits. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-27 b. Individually test 600 volt cables for insulation resistance between phases and from each phase to ground. Test after cables are installed and before they are put in service with a Megger whose rating is suitable for the tested circuit. Tests shall meet with the applicable specifications of ICEA S-66-524 and NEMA WC7-1971. c. The insulation resistance for any given conductor shall not be less than 1 megohm for 600 volt and less service. Any cable not meeting this value or which fails when tested under full load conditions shall be replaced with a new cable for the full length. 2. Instrumentation Cable: a. Test shielded instrumentation cable shields with an ohmmeter for continuity along the full length of the cable and for shield continuity to ground. b. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to a calibrated 3-20 milliamp DC signal transmitter and receiver. Test at 4, 12, and 20 milliamp transmitter settings. 3. Grounding System: a. Test the completed ground systems for continuity and for resistance to ground using an electrical ground resistance tester. Grounding system maximum resistance shall not exceed five ohms impedance under normally dry conditions (48 hrs. after last rainfall) when measured by ground resistance tester. Provide additional ground rods as required to attain a resistance to ground of less than five ohms for each ground grid. 4. Operation Tests: a. Operate all starters, circuit breakers and associated equipment to demonstrate suitability and compliance with Specifications and reference standards, except for short circuit interrupting rating or other inherent design features covered by shop tests. b. Test all motors for direction of rotation and reverse connections if necessary. c. Check control circuits to determine that operation and sequence are correct and adjust limit switches, pressure switches, float switches, timers and other devices to give proper operation END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-28 SECTION 16150 - MOTORS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Contractor shall furnish, install, connect and test all motors as hereinafter specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings. This work includes fumishing/installing, connecting and testing motors required by and/or furnished under other sections of these Specifications. Motor installation shall include: a. Transfer Pumps: Four (4) 20Hp, 460V/3 -phase, 1800rpm at 60Hz, Inverter Duty motors. 2. Motors provided by vendors shall conform to these Specifications and shall coordinate with motor controller manufacturer to provide correct control and protection devices. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The requirements of Section 01300 and Section 16100 shall be met. B. The Contractor shall submit to the City five (5) sets of the certified motor manufacturer(s) dimension drawings showing nameplate data and outline dimensions within three (3) weeks of receiving the order. C. The Contractor shall submit to the City five (5) sets of the standard motor manufacturer(s) test results (per 3.02 A) for the motors after they are constructed prior to the motors being shipped. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RATING A. Motors shall be of the type and size to perform the required duty without exceeding their design ratings. Motors driving pumps shall not overload at any head or discharge condition of their respective pumps. B. Motors shall not be operated into their service factor range on a continuous basis as a means of supplying motors smaller than required by the specific applications. C. Unless otherwise specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings, the following shall apply: 1. All motors shall totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) 2. All motors used with variable frequency drive shall be inverter duty rated, 1.0 service factor, Design B, Premium Efficiency. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Motors 16 -0032 -UT 16150-1 00992-0230 3. Where motors 100 HP and larger are used at 480 Volts, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, 1.15 service factor, Class B Premium Efficiency, they shall be suitable for autotransformer or solid state type reduced voltage starting. 4. Motors 1/2 HP through 100 HP shall be dual voltage for use at 230/460 Volts, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, 1.15 service factor, Class B Premium Efficiency. 5. Motors above 125 HP shall be single voltage for use at 460 Volts, 3-phase, 60 Hertz. 6. Motors smaller than 1/2 HP shall be dual voltage for use at 120/240 Volts, single phase, 60 Hertz. D. Use inverter duty motors with all adjustable speed drive systems. These motors shall be built with Class F or Class H insulation systems, designed to operate at 70 degrees C rise over ambient at full load, and be provided with insulated bearings. Per MG -1 Part 31. 2.3 EFFICIENCY A. Medium voltage motors shall have a minimum efficiency of 95% at full load. B. All motors 400HP and below shall meet or exceed Premium Efficiency Standards per NEMA MG -1. 2.4 SPACE HEATERS A. Motors 5 HP and larger shall have a 120 Volt, single phase space heater for moisture control. The space heaters shall be the motor manufacturer's standard wattage rating for the specific motor size and type. B. If a motor is on the job site longer than three (3) days prior to its final installation, the motor's space heater shall be energized and the space heater shall remain energized until such time as the motor is transported for immediate final installation. C. After final installation, the motor's space heater shall be energized and the space heater shall remain energized until final testing. After final testing, the motor's space heater shall be connected for normal operation. 2.5 THERMAL WINDING PROTECTION A. Motors above 300HP and shall be outfitted with RTD thermocouples in each phase winding. Each phase shall have two per phase one of each will be spare. RTD Module to be provided by motor controller vendor and installed in motor controller. B. Motors between 200HP and 300HP shall be outfitted with thermistors in each phase winding. Each phase shall have two per phase one of each will be spare. Unless shown differently on drawings. Include to thermistor control module in NEMA 4 enclosure located at motor. Coordinate with motor controller vendor for power & signal requirements. C. Motors below 200HP shall have bi-metal thermal switches in each winding unless shown differently on drawings. Where a single switch is shown on drawings, the City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Motors 16 -0032 -UT 16150-2 00992-0230 output of all thermal switches shall be connected in series to provide a single temperature controlled input. 2.6 CONSTRUCTION A. General 1 All motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled, TEFC. Totally enclosed motors shall be designed for severe or inverter duty. 2. Motor stators shall have copper windings. The individual steel stator laminations shall be made from quality at least as good as M22 silicon steel with a lamination thickness no greater than .019 inches. The stacking factor of the assembled stator core laminations shall be 90% or higher. 3. Squirrel cage rotor laminations shall be made from steel with quality at least as good as M22 silicon steel with a lamination thickness no greater than .019 inches. The stacking factor of the assembled rotor core shall be 90% or higher. 4. All applicable NEMA, ANSI, IEEE and U.L. standards will be strictly followed. 5. Motors shall have factory stamped stainless steel nameplates. 6. Motor frames 254T and larger shall have lifting Tugs or "0" type bolts for ease in handling. B. Low Voltage, 3 -Phase Motors 1. Low voltage three phase motors shall be of the squirrel cage induction types, shall be NEMA Design B with normal starting torque unless otherwise specified, shall be designed for continuous duty, with a 1.15 service factor, shall have a KVA/HP as defined by NEMA of code G or less, shall be rated per Item 2.01.C.2 and C.3 above, and as specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings, shall have normal or high thrust bearings, and a drip proof or totally enclosed housing. 2. Motors shall have a Class B nonhygroscopic insulation system. Class F insulation may be used, but shall be limited to a Class B temperature rise. 3. The output shafts shall be suitable for either belt drive or direct connection as required by the particular application. 4. Motor frames and end shields shall be made of heavy, rigid cast iron or fabricated steel construction. 5. Motor shafts shall be made from high-grade, cold -rolled steel machined to standard NEMA dimensions. 6. Motors shall have heavy-duty precision ball bearings with a minimum AFBMA bid life of five (5) years. Bearings of high thrust motors shall be locked for a momentary upthrust of 30% downthrust. 7. Vertical hollow shaft motors shall have non -reversing ratchets to prevent backspin. 8. Totally enclosed motors shall have epoxy coated motor windings. 9. Motor conduit boxes shall be gasketed. Internal motor leads shall enter the conduit boxes through grommets. 10. All interior and exterior motor surfaces shall have a final coating of a chemically resistant corrosion and fungus protective epoxy fortified enamel City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Motors 16 -0032 -UT 16150-3 00992-0230 finish sprayed over two (2) coats of a red primer. Stator bore and rotor shall be epoxy coated. 11. All machined surfaces shall be coated with a rust inhibitor for easy disassembly. 12. All fittings, bolts, nuts and screws shall be plated to resist corrosion. Bolts and nuts shall be hex type. 13. Low voltage, 3-phase motors shall be as manufactured by General Electric Company, U.S. Motors, or approved equal. 14. Vertical turbine motors shall have insulated bearings on the non -drive end, for all inverter duty motors 75hp and larger. 15. Bearings shall be ball, open, single row, deep groove, Conrad type, and shall have a Class 3 internal fit conforming to ABMA STD 20. For belted duty applications, drive end bearing may be cylindrical roller type. Bearings shall be selected to provide L-10 rating life of 100,000 hours minimum. Calculations shall be based on external loads using NEMA applications limits in accordance with MG 1-14.41 and typical sheave weights and internal loads defined by the manufacturer, including magnetic pull and rotating assembly weight. 16. Bearing temperature rise at rated load shall not exceed 60°C. If required, temperature rise shall be measured by RTD or thermocouple at bearing outer race. Bearing ABMA identification number shall be stamped on motor nameplate. C. Low Voltage, Single Phase Motors 1. Single phase motors shall be either the split -phase or the capacitor -start induction types rated for the continuous horsepower at the RPM specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Motors shall be rated 120/240 Volts, single phase, 60 Hertz, shall have a NEMA Class B insulation system, and shall have a dripproof or totally enclosed housing as required by the particular application. 3. Motors shall have a corrosion protective finish on all internal and external surfaces. All fittings shall have a corrosion resistant plating. 4. Mechanical characteristics shall be the same as those specified above for low voltage, 3-phase motors. 5. Low voltage, single phase motors shall be as manufactured by U.S. Motors, Baldor, or approved equal. D. D. C. Motors 1. D. C. motors shall be of the size, type, rating, duty and construction as specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. D. C. motors shall be as manufactured by U.S. Motors, Baldor, or approved equal. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Motors 16 -0032 -UT 16150-4 00992-0230 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise specified and/or shown on the Contract Drawings, all motors shall be connected to the conduit system with a short section of flexible conduit, 18 - inches minimum and 48 -inches maximum. B. Flexible conduit used for motor connections of No. 6 AWG or smaller wire shall have an approved grounding conductor incorporated inside the flexible section. C. For motor connections of No. 4 AWG and larger wire, the Contractor shall install an appropriately sized grounding conductor in the conduit and terminate the grounding conductor at both the motor end and the motor controller end with approved grounding clamps or connectors. 3.2 TESTS A. Prior to shipment, all motors shall be given the manufacturer's standard tests. These tests shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. No -Load current. 2. Air gap measurement. 3. High potential test. 4. Shaft alignment. 5. Shaft and rotor balance. 6. Bearing alignment and lubrication. B. After installation, but prior to putting the motors into service, the Contractor shall perform the following minimum checks: 1. Motor alignment. 2. Motor clearances. 3. Bearing alignment and lubrication. 4. Correct rotation direction. 5. Megger motor windings. If insulation resistance is found to be low, the Contractor shall notify the City immediately and shall not energize the motor. 3.3 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. The Contractor shall guarantee and warrant all materials and labor provided under this Section for three (3) years from Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Motors 16 -0032 -UT 16150-5 00992-0230 SECTION 16260 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals as shown, specified, for the purchase, coordination and receipt of delivery, unloading of equipment, installation, commissioning and startup of three low -voltage variable frequency drives (VFD), and providing a complete and operational system. 2. Variable frequency drives required under this Section are low -voltage, voltage source inverter, pulse width modulated. Variable frequency drives shall be customized as necessary. 3. Low -voltage variable frequency drives included in this Section are associated with the following equipment: a. Transfer Pumps B. Related Sections: a. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. b. Section 11206, Transfer Pump Modifications 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. IEEE 519, Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. 2. ISO 9000, Quality Management Systems, Fundamentals and Vocabulary. 3. ISO 9001, Quality Management Systems, Requirements. 4. ISO 9002, Quality Systems, Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation and Servicing. 5. NEMA ICS 2, Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts. 6. NEMA ICS 7, Industrial Control and Systems Adjustable Speed Drives. 7. NEMA MG 1, Motor and Generators. 8. UL 489, Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches and Circuit -Breaker Enclosures. 9. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-1 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: a. Low -voltage variable frequency drive manufacturer shall have not less than ten years of experience designing and regularly manufacturing and servicing substantially similar equipment to that required, and upon ENGINEER's request shall submit documentation of not less than five installations in satisfactory operation for not less than five years each. b. Manufacturer shall be certified under ISO 9000, ISO 9001, or ISO 9002 for materials and equipment specified. c. For all required factory tests, low -voltage variable frequency drive manufacturer shall use a factory test facility that has calibrated its testing apparatus in the previous twelve months, and is staffed by qualified, experienced technicians. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Drives specified under this Section shall employ a low switching frequency or pattern to minimize instantaneous rate of voltage change over time (dv/dt), and the adverse effects of potential bearing currents. Provide manufacturer recommendations regarding bearing currents and provide equipment required at no additional cost to OWNER. This includes any additional harmonic or reflective wave filtering equipment necessary. 2. Each low -voltage variable frequency drive shall be rated for severe duty and be fully compatible with associated driven equipment and motors. Variable frequency drives shall be matched to specific Toad requirements for each system. Operation of variable frequency drive shall not overstress motor insulation. 3. Provide the required relay modules necessary for motor temperature and housing leak detection. Coordinate with pump manufacturer. 3. Similar components of drives associated with each system shall be products of a single manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Dimensional information and construction details of enclosures. Enclosure details shall consist of exterior and interior front door City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-2 1 1 with nameplate legends, interior door front and rear views, and terminal block layout. 1 b. Three -line power and control schematic diagrams. c. Wiring diagrams showing the interconnection of conductors to all devices with terminal assignments for remote devices. d. Functional description of system operation. e. VFD heat dissipation at full load, including heat rejection/cooling system. 1 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical specifications. 1 b. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and product literature. 3. Testing Plans: Ia. Not less than thirty days prior to field quality control testing, submit descriptions of field testing methods, procedures, and apparatus. 1 B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certificates: I a. Certification letters from low -voltage variable frequency drive manufacturer and motor manufacturer that the approved driven I equipment has been reviewed and that variable frequency drive units and motors are compatible, and shall be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents and requirements of the 1 driven equipment. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: 1 a. Within five days of completing, submit test results with indication of whether all criteria of the Contract Documents for the specified equipment were met. 1 3. Field Quality Control Submittals: I a. Within five days of completing field quality control tests and inspections, submit test results with indication of whether all criteria of the Contract Documents for the specified equipment Iwere met. 4. Manufacturer Reports: I a. Within five days of each visit to the Site by manufacturer's representative, submit written report of reason for visit, problems encountered, solutions implemented, and remaining work. 1 City of Clearwater 1 RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-3 00992-0230 5. Qualifications Statements: a. Manufacturer, when requested by ENGINEER. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals including test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, list of recommended spare parts, and spare parts ordering information. b. Manuals shall include record drawings of control schematics, including point-to-point wiring diagrams. c. Include a listing of all programmable drive parameters and their settings at Substantial Completion. Submit parameters as both printed pages in the operations and maintenance manual and in electronic format on compact disc that can be directly uploaded to the drive in event of drive replacement or repair. D. Maintenance Materials Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Spare Parts and Extra Stock Materials: a. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and Tong -term storage spare parts and special tools for low -voltage variable frequency drives. Each set of spare parts and tools shall include manufacturer's recommended spare parts inventory for one year and include, at minimum, the following: Item Quantity per Three VFDs per HP Rating 1) Transistor and diode modules with accessories One set 2) Power supply module One 3) Fans One set 4) Power fuses One set of each size and type used 5) Control power fuses Two sets of each size and type used 6) Pilot lights Two of each type used 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: 1. Packing: a. Inspect prior to packing to ensure that assemblies and components are complete and undamaged. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b. Protect mating connections. d. Cover all openings into enclosures with -vapor inhibiting, water- repellent material. e. Indoor containers shall be bolted to skids. 2. Upon delivery, check materials and equipment for evidence of water that may have entered equipment during transit. 3. Handling: a. Lift, roll or jack low -voltage variable frequency drive equipment into locations shown. 4. Storage and Protection: a. Store low -voltage variable frequency drive equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental controls. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE A. System Performance: 1. Driven equipment to be controlled by a low -voltage variable frequency drive shall be provided with a customized variable frequency drive. Each drive unit shall include an adjustable frequency controller with associated controls for continuous speed adjustment and protection of the driven equipment. Output speed control of motor shall be continuous throughout speed range of two to 60 Hertz under variable torque Toad or constant torque as specified for the driven equipment. 2. Low -voltage variable frequency drives associated with each set of driven equipment shall be similar to each other. 3. Variable frequency drives shall be UL -listed or ETL-listed and designed, built, and tested in accordance with UL 489, NEMA ICS 2, NEMA ICS 7, and UL 508. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide low -voltage variable frequency drives by one of the following: 1. Yaskawa. Due to compatibility with owner's existing equipment and spare parts, no substitutions will be allowed. 2.3 ENCLOSURE A. Provide each low -voltage variable frequency drive with freestanding, front - access, NEMA 1, filtered and gasketed enclosure. Enclosure shall house all components required for the associated variable frequency drive. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-5 B. Enclosure shall provide adequate cooling for components within and include positive ventilation. C. Enclosure shall include circuit breaker disconnect switch. Circuit breakers shall be in accordance with UL 489. Switch handle shall be suitable for padlocking and be through -the -door type with handle height not exceeding six feet. Operation of switch shall remove the service supply from all internal components. Power devices shall be suitable for interrupting capacity of 65kAIC RMS symmetrical amperes. Include current limiting semi -conductor fuses where required for protection of solid state components. D. Enclosure door shall include an operator interface for access to controller's digital keypad and display. E. Equip enclosure front with nameplates for identification of equipment and operating functions. Nameplates shall be in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. F. Equip enclosure with phenolic type terminal blocks suitably labeled for all internal and remote wiring requirements, plus twenty percent spare. 2.4 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLER A. General: 1. Adjustable frequency controller shall be microprocessor -based, pulse width modulated design, suitable for operation on a 480 -volt, three-phase supply. Controller shall produce an adjustable AC voltage/frequency output to vary speed of driven equipment. Controller shall consist of the following sections: a. Minimum 6 -pulse diode bridge converter input section and sufficient harmonic mitigation to achieve IEEE 519, at all motor speeds and loads, at the input to the drive. b. Minimum 5% input line reactor c. Fixed DC bus section with optional DC choke. d. Minimum six pulse power transistor inverter output section. 2. Controller switching frequency shall be adjustable and allow operation at 5,000 Hertz or less. Controller technology shall include a switching scheme that reduces the dv/dt of output supply. 3. Equip controller with a three -percent DC bus reactor and input line reactor. 4. Controller's solid state converter input section switching devices shall have 1600 volt PIV rating. 5. Overload rating of 110 percent variable torque, 150 percent constant torque for one minute. 6. RMS harmonic content of output current shall be less than 10 percent of fundamental current. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-6 7. Able to withstand output terminal line -to -line short circuits without component failure. B. Operating Criteria: 1. Operating criteria shall be in accordance with the following: a. Ambient temperature range of zero to 40 degrees C. b. Operational humidity of up to 90 percent non -condensing. c. Altitude up to 3,300 feet above sea level. d. Nominal voltage of 480 -volts plus or minus ten percent, three- phase, three -wire. Include an under -voltage feature to allow trip - free operation down to 35 percent undervoltage. e. Nominal frequency of 60 Hertz plus or minus three Hertz. f. Input power factor of 95 percent displacement power factor at all operating speeds. g. Efficiency of 96 percent at full speed and full load. C. Features: 1. Controller shall have the following features: a. Digital keypad and display module shall provide parameter setting, adjustments, and monitoring of control functions and faults. Display messages shall be in English. b. Ethernet communication port shall allow connecting to programmable controller interface using manufacturer standard protocol. c. Independent acceleration/deceleration rates shall provide two to 600 seconds minimum. When called to stop, motor shall decelerate to minimum speed before stopping. d. Power loss feature shall allow five cycle ride through capability for input supply interruptions. e. Time delay automatic restart shall allow restart after controller fault conditions with programmable attempts. f. Coasting motor restart shall allow controller to restart into a coasting motor without damage or tripping. g. Isolated control inputs and outputs. D. Protection: 1. Controller shall have protective functions as follows: 1. Input line metal oxide varistor transient protection. 2. Phase Loss Protection 3. Electronic over -current trip instantaneous and inverse time overload protection with thermal memory retention. 4. Over -temperature trip temperature protection. 5. Current limit trip protection. 6. Input line over- and under -voltage trip protection. 7. Ground fault trip protection. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-7 2.5 OUTPUT FILTER A. General: 1. Provide output filter to prevent overstressing motor insulation system. Provide output filter with each low -voltage variable frequency drive, when cable length between motor and variable frequency drive exceeds the following based on noted switching frequencies. a. One KHZ switching frequency, 100 feet cable length. b. Three KHZ switching frequency, 50 feet cable length. 2. Provide output filters in all other cases, based on recommendations of low -voltage variable frequency drive and motor manufacturers, when actual voltage peaks at motor terminals exceed NEMA MG 1 limits. (>10% of 460V) B. Features and Criteria: 1. Filter shall be three-phase, 600 -volt class motor -protecting type consisting of suitable values of inductance, capacitance and resistance to form a damped, low pass filter. 2. Filter shall be low -loss type specifically designed to reduce voltage wave form dv/dt. Filter shall allow cable lengths at minimum exceeding actual application distances with waveform resulting in voltage spikes at motor terminal that are within NEMA MG 1 Part 31 voltage stress levels. 3. Filter shall be suitable for mounting within low -voltage variable frequency drive enclosure. 4. Electronic Overloads: Relays shall be electronic type. Electronic relays shall be multi -function, adjustable, current sensing type, and include overload, phase -unbalance, phase -loss, and equipment type ground fault in one package. 5. Relays shall be manual reset type and include normally open auxiliary contact for alarm indication. 2.7 CONTROLS A. General: 1. Equip each low -voltage variable frequency drive control system with relays, switches, fuses, indicating lights, and components required for a complete, functional system and as shown on drawings. 2. Provided the necessary relays or monitoring devices required by the motor manufacture for motor winding temperature and motor disconnect status. Refer to pump specifications and drawings. 3. Variable frequency drive control shall be powered from a suitably sized and protected control power transformer. 4. Variable frequency drive control shall include status indicators, controller, and system fault condition displays and operating controls. Provide status indicators and operating controls associated with drive control on front door of enclosure. City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-8 5. Control arrangement shall be such that variable frequency drive internal electronic supply voltage is isolated from field wiring. B. Control and Pilot Devices: 1. Relays shall be standard, latching type, and pneumatic or solid state time delay type. Provide relays with contacts rated ten amps, quantity as required. 2. Pilot devices shall be 30mm heavy duty type, rated 10 amps continuous. Indicating lights shall be LED push -to -test transformer type. C. Operation: 1. Controls for each low -voltage variable frequency drive shall consist of all devices necessary for the following: a. Stop/Start and Speed Control: Stop/start and speed control shall respond to drive -mounted selector switch. With switch in "REMOTE" position, stop/start and speed control shall be based on a stop/start contact and four- to 20-mADC speed signal from remote process control panel. With switch in "LOCAL" position, stop/start control shall be based on remote stop/start pushbuttons located adjacent to driven equipment, and speed control shall be based on drive -mounted speed potentiometer. b. Emergency Stop Control: Emergency stop control shall respond to remote stop pushbutton located adjacent to driven equipment. When activated driven equipment shall stop immediately in all operating modes. c. Motor Over -temperature Shutdown: Motor over -temperature control shall respond to remote contact that activates on motor over -temperature. When over -temperature is detected, driven equipment shall stop and activate general fail alarm with Tight on enclosure indicating "High Temp". For motors 200Hp and over: Include provisions to remotely supply 120 -volt power to temperature control module if located at motor. Otherwise provide inside VFD enclosure. When RTD's are required, provide module inside of VFD enclosure. Coordinate with motor manufacturer on type and range of thermocouple. Refer to drawings. d. Leak Detection for Submersible Pumps: Provide leak detection module inside VFD enclosure to indicate and alarm a leak condition inside motor casing. Shutdown and provide alarm and Tight indication on VFD enclosure of condition. Coordinate with pump manufacturer on type of leak sensing. e. Seal water control (required for pumps and other equipment that require seal water): Seal water control shall include provisions to supply 120 -volt power to remote seal water solenoid. Seal water City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-9 solenoid shall energize when equipment requiring seal water is enabled. Equipment requiring seal water start shall be delayed until remote -located pressure switch verifies seal water flow. Upon Toss of seal water, after an adjustable period of time, an alarm shall be initiated but equipment requiring seal water shall not shut down. When equipment requiring seal water is stopped, seal water solenoid shall remain energized for an adjustable period of time. f. Motor Space Heater Control: Motor space heater control shall energize remote motor's internal heater when driven equipment is stopped. Include provisions to supply 120 -volt power to heater. D. Auxiliary Features: 1. Provide each low -voltage variable frequency drive with the following: a. Status Indicators: Status indicators shall include separate pilot lights for indication of motor run (red), motor stop (green) and bypass mode (blue). Provide control power ON (white) indication. b. Shutdown Indicators: Shutdown indicators shall include separate pilot lights (amber) for each shutdown condition. Arrange shutdown indication circuitry so that, when activated, indicator requires manual reset. c. Contact Outputs: Contact outputs shall include separate dry with seal water systems, each shutdown condition, and controller faults. d. Speed Output: Speed output shall include 4 to 20-mADC signal for remote indication of motor speed. E. Wiring and Device Identification: 1. Provide control wiring and device identification for each low -voltage variable frequency drive: a. Identify all control conductors with permanent type wire markers. Each wire shall be identified by a unique number and shall be attached to wire at each termination point. b. Identify each control device with permanent type marker. Each device shall be identified by a unique number and shall be attached to each device. c. Numbering system for each wire and control device shall be identified on wiring diagrams and shall reflect actual designations used in the Work. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-10 1 1 1. Perform factory tests on each low -voltage variable frequency drive prior to shipping. Tests shall consist of simulating expected load to be driven by 1 operating load through speed ranges specified for driven equipment, for minimum of two hours per drive unit. 2. Provide factory control and alarm tests on each drive unit by simulating I each control signal and each alarm function to verify proper and correct drive unit action. 3. Perform specified tests in addition to standard factory tests typically Iperformed. PART 3 — EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER I in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 1 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and 1 instructions and in conformance with Laws and Regulations, and the Contract Documents. B. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, install equipment on concrete bases. 1 C. Install equipment with sufficient access and working space provided for ready and safe operation and maintenance. 1 D. For installations against masonry walls, provide an insulation board, 1/4 -inch minimum thickness, between equipment and wall for corrosion protection. Trim board neatly within outline of equipment. E. Install all terminations, lugs, and required appurtenances necessary to properly terminate power supplies. 1 F. Install control wiring terminations and appurtenances necessary to complete installing control and monitoring devices. 1 G. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, replace all enclosure filters and frames provided under this Contract with new filters and frames, except 1 expanded metal filter types. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, clean expanded metal filters. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. Site Tests: I 1. After installation, inspect, adjust, and test each low -voltage variable frequency drive at the Site. Testing and inspection shall be in accordance City of Clearwater I RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-11 00992-0230 1 with manufacturer's recommendations and be performed by manufacturer's factory -trained representative. Through CONTRACTOR, manufacturer's factory -trained representative shall inform OWNER and ENGINEER when equipment is correctly installed and ready to be energized. Do not energize equipment prior to notifying the Owner. 2. Perform the following equipment inspection and testing and provide reports documenting procedures and results. a. Verify all device settings and drive adjustments. b. Inspect all mechanical and electrical interlocks and controls for proper operation. c. Test each drive through specified speed ranges and loads for a minimum of two hours per drive unit. d. Test each drive by using actual control signal for remote and local operation. e. Test each drive alarm function. f. Perform other tests recommended by equipment manufacturer. B. Manufacturer Services: 1. Unloading and Installation: Manufacturer's factory -trained representative shall be available, if required, during unloading of equipment and installation at equipment's final location. 2. Post -installation Check: Manufacturer's factory -trained representative shall check and approve the installed equipment before initial operation. Manufacturer shall calibrate, set and program low -voltage variable frequency drives provided. 3. Manufacturer's factory -trained representative shall adjust the system to final settings. 4. Manufacturer's factory -trained representative shall test the system as specified. Representative shall operate and test the system in presence of ENGINEER and verify that equipment is in conformance with the Contract Documents. 5. Representative shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until all deficiencies are corrected, prior to readiness for final payment. 6. Provide services of manufacturer's factory -trained representatives to correct defective Work within 72 hours of notification by OWNER during the correction period specified in the General Conditions as may be amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 7. Replacement parts or equipment provided during the correction period shall be equal to or better than original. 8. Training: Provide services of qualified factory trained specialists from manufacturer to instruct OWNER's operations and maintenance City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-12 personnel in recommended operation and maintenance of equipment. Training requirements, duration of instruction, and other qualifications shall be in accordance with each specific Section. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. If required, prior to Substantial Completion, when testing is acceptably completed and low -voltage variable frequency drives are operating, manufacturer's representative shall return to the Site and make final adjustments as required to each variable frequency drive furnished under this Section. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater RO WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal 16 -0032 -UT 00992-0230 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives 16260-13 SECTION V — Contract Documents SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 4 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 8 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 9 AFFIDAVIT 10 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 11 PROPOSAL 12 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 106795539 / 82460198 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America & Federal Insurance Company City of Clearwater Poole & Kent Company of Florida [name] Engineering One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 (TR) 100 S. Myrtle Avenue 202B Halls Mill Rd, Whitehouse Station, NJ 08889 (FE)Clearwater, FL 33756 1715 W. Lemon St. Tampa, FL 33606 [principal business address] (727) 562-4747 732-321-5600 (TR), 908-605-3154(FE) 813-251-2438 [phone number] PROJECT NAME: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal PROJECT NO.:#16-0032-UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This project wil modify operating RO potable water Plant as shon on the drawings and specifications. BY THIS BOND, We, Poole & Kent Company of Florida as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America & Federal Insurance Company, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $511 750.00, payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. *five hundred eleven thousand seven hundred fifty and 00/100 THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of Reverse Osmosis Wastewater Treatment Plant #1 Blend Tank Removal, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal. Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract and SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V —Contract Documents 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and Bond No.: 106795539 / 82460198 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 8th day of November , 2017 . (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: Corporate S cret. or Witness Print Name: David A . Strickland, SVP & Assistant Secretary (affix corporate seal) By: Title: President & CEO Poole &Kent Company of Florida Print Name: Patrick H. Carr WITNESS: Print Name: Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America & Federal Insurance Company (Corporate Surety) Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V SECTION V — Contract Documents ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Print Name: Camille Maitland Non Resident License #W012268 (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) Page 3 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 TRAVELERS J Attorney -In Fact No. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 231618 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 007365 909 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Thomas Bean, Rita Sagistano, Gerard S. Macholz, Susan Lupski, Robert T. Pearson, Camille Maitland, George O. Brewster, Colette R. Chisholm, Vincent A. Walsh, Lee Ferrucci, Desiree Cardlin, Nelly Renchiwich, Mia Woo -Warren, Michelle Wannamaker, and Dana Granice of the City of Uniondale , State of New York , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this day of August 2017 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 31st St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: Robert L. Raney, Senior Vice President On this the 31st day of August 2017 before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021. 58440-5-16 Printed in U.S.A. `(`(.0 c . Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 8th day of November 20 17. Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec ary • To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA HARTFORD, CT, 06183 AITOMNEY IN -FACT JUSTIFICATION Florida PRINCIPAL'S ACKNOWLEDCMEN-r--w A CORPORATION State oriRcji, County of Miami—Dade } ss. on this 9th day of November .20 17 beim me,yPatrick Hknown,tome known, whq being by me ddy sworn, deposes and says: That he/she resides in the City of Miami that he/she iisthe President & CEO of Poole corporation described in and which executed the within instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said corporation; that seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name the Carr PRINCIPAL'S ACKNOWLEDGAiENT---IF INDIVIDUAL pR State of New York, County of } ss. tompa to On this day of , 20 , before me personally appeared k own to be (the individual) (one of the frim of insbumeot, and he/she thereupon duly acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same (as the ant and deed of said favi, Slate ofNew York, County of Nassau SURETY COMPANY'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT SS y of Florida las ' men 7• such corponue CHRISTINE MEND MY COMMISSION # GG EXPIRES: October 31, 2020 Bonded Thru Notary Public Unuerwriters me escn•ed in and who executed the within On this 8th day of November , 2017 before me personally a eared Camille Maitland , to me latowa, wbo, being by me duly sworn. did depose and say: That he/he resides in OKings County, New York that he/she is Attorney -in -Fact of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, the corporation described in and which executed the within instrument; that he/she /mows the corporate seal of said Company; that the scat afford to said instrument is such Cmpornte seal; and that he/she signed said instrument as Attorney -in -Fact by authority of the Board of Directors of said Company; and affiant did further depose and say that the Superintendent &Insurance of the State of New York has, pursuant to Chapter 882 of the Laws of the State of New York for the year 1939, constituting chapter 28 of the Consolidating Laws of the State of New York as the Insurance Law as amended, Issued to TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Iiis/her certificate that said Company is qualified to become and be accepted as surety or guarantor on all bonds, undertakings, recognizances, guaranties. and other obligations required or permitted by law; and that such certificate has not been revoked. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Hartford, Connecticut 06183 FINANCIAL STATEMENT AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AS FILED WITH THE INSURANCE DEPT. OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK CAPITAL STOCK $ 6,480,000 Notary Public DONNAMARIE A KISSANE Notary Public, State of New York No. 01 K16297783 Qualified In Nassau County Commission Expires March 3, 2018 ASSETS LIABILITIES & SURPLUS CASH AND INVESTED CASH BONDS STOCKS INVESTMENT INCOME DUE AND ACCRUED OTHER INVESTED ASSETS PREMIUM BALANCES NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET RSNSURANCERECOVERABLE SECURITIES SENDING REINVESTED COLLATERAL ASS r$ RECEIVABLES FROM PARENT, SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ASSUMED REINSURANCE RECENABLE AND PAYABLE OTHER ASSETS TOTAL ASSETS $ 23,523,843 3,472.087,233 321,318,705 42,069,894 3,108,073 217,181,397 69,571,903 23,137,819 6,417,816 $381,900 593,147 8,199,678 s 4,195,751.933 UNEARNED PREMIUMS LOSSES LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES COMMISSIONS TAXES, LICENSES ANO FEES OTHER EXPENSES CURRENT FEDERAL AND FOREIGN INCOME TAXES REMIrrANC_=SMl0ITEMS NOTALLOCATED AMOUNTS WITHHFID I RETAINED BY COMPANY FOR OTHERS RETROACTIVE REINSURANCE RESERVE ASSUMED POLICYHOLDER DMDFNDS PROVISION FOR REINSURANCE ADVANCE PREMUM PAYABLE FCR SECURITIES PAYABLE FOR SECIIRTTIES LENDING. CEDED REINSURANCE NET PREMUMSPAYABLE REINSURANCE PAYABLE ON PAID LOSSES &LOSS ADJ. EXPENSES OTI IER ACCRIJD EXPENSES AND LIABILITIES TOTAL LIABILITIES CAPITAL STOCK PND IN SURPLUS OTHER SURPLUS TOTAL SURPLUS TO POUCYHO&0ER5: TOTAL UABIUTIES &SURPLUS Securities carded at 56,654,005 In the above statement am deposited with pubic authorities, as required by law. $ 875,381,218 758,091,002 224,272,285 08,788,777 13,875,052 42,557,848 11,351,548 9,443,140 73,897,600 977,978 9,082,602 3,555,000 1,736,287 3.948,100 6,917,016 26,016,735 606,744 1,349.281 6 2,107,582.219 0,480,000 ^ r 433,303,730 •3 L `{ » - 1,647.905,524 C -3 N 2 { 2.000.189.284 4,195,751,003 CHUBB Power of Attorney Federal Insurance Company 1 Vigilant Insurance Company 1 Pacific Indemnity Company Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, do each hereby constitute and appoint Thomas Bean, George 0. Brewster, Desiree Cardlin, Colette R. Chisholm, Dana Granice, Susan Lupski, Gerard S. Macholz, Camille Maitland, Robert T. Pearson, Nelly Renchiwich, Rita Sagistano, Vincent A. Walsh, Michelle Wannamaker and Mia Woo -Warren of Uniondale, New York each as their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to execute under such designation in their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and on their behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations. In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seals on this 3'd day of March, 2017. Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Hunterdon ss. Stephen M. Haney, Vice President On this 3`d day of March, 2017 before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came Dawn M. Chloros, to me known to be Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, and the said Dawn M. Chloros, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that the seals affixed to the foregoing Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by authority of said Companies; and that she signed said Power of Attorney as Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority; and that she is acquainted with Stephen M. Haney, and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies; and that the signature of Stephen M. Haney, subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of Stephen M. Haney, and was thereto subscribed by authority of said Companies and in deponent's presence. Notarial Seal KATHERINE J. ADELAAR NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW ARSE No. 23108e5 Commission Expires July 18, 2018 CERTIFICATION Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY on August 30, 2016: "RESOLVED. that the following authorizations relate to the execution, for and on behalf of the Company, of bonds. undertakings. recognizances, contracts and other written commitments of the Company entered into in the ordinary course of business (each a "Written Commitment"): (I) Each of the Chairman, the President and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized to execute any Written Commitment for and on behalf of the Company, under the seal of the Company or otherwise. (2) Each duly appointed attorney-in-fact of the Company is hereby authorized to execute any Written Commitment for and on behalf of the Company, under the seal of the Company or otherwise, to the extent that such action is authorized by the grant of powers provided for in such person's written appointment as such attorney-in-fact. (3) Each of the Chairman, the President and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized. for and on behalf of the Company, to appoint in writing any person the attorney- in-fact of the Company with full power and authority to execute, for and on behalf of the Company, under the seal of the Company or otherwise, such Written Commitments of the Company as may be specified in such written appointment, which specification may be by general type or class of Written Commitments or by specification of one or more particular Written Commitments. (4) Each of the Chairman. the President and the Vice Presidents of the Company is hereby authorized, for and on behalf of the Company, to delegate in writing to any other officer of the Company the authority to execute, for and on behalf of the Company, under the Company's seal or otherwise, such Written Commitments of the Company as are specified in such written delegation, which specification may be by general type or class of Written Commitments or by specification of one or more particular Written Commitments. (5) The signature of any officer or other person executing any Written Commitment or appointment or delegation pursuant to this Resolution, and the seal of the Company, may be affixed by facsimile on such Written Commitment or written appointment or delegation. FURTHER RESOLVED. that the foregoing Resolution shall not be deemed to be an exclusive statement of the powers and authority of officers, employees and other persons to act for and on behalf of the Company, and such Resolution shall not limit or otherwise affect the exercise of any such power or authority otherwise validly granted or vested." I, Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY (the "Companies") do hereby certify that (i) the foregoing Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Companies are true, correct and in full force and effect, (ii) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of Columbia and are authorized by the U.S. Treasury Department; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Federal is licensed in Guam, Puerto Rico, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and (iii) the foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and in full force and effect. Given under my hand and seals of said Companies at Whitehouse Station, NJ, this 8th day of November, 2017 Dawn M. Chloros, tatIt Secretaf IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT:' Telephone (908) 903- 3493 Fax (908) 903- 3656 e-mail: surety@chubb.com Form 15-10- 0225B- U GEN CONSENT (rev. 12-16) ACKNOWLEDOIENT OF SURETY COMPANY STATE OF ..NP.Y.XP"so .. 1 COUNTY OF —Memj On the November 8, 2017 , before meGay came .., Camille Maitland to me known, who, balm by ' me duty sworn, did depose end say; that helehe resides In •Kings County State Of .. .•., that heldie le the Attomey -Fast of the Federal Insurance Company the corporation described In which executed the above kwtnsmenk brat hahhe knows 'the seat of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said Instrument h such corporate seal; that Is was so sabred by the Board of Mean of said corporation; end that hehhe darted t4s4ier name thereto by Mae oder; and the dent did fietlrrrr.depoee and say that the BiQerinEendent of insurance of the *Nab d New York hes, puauentt to Section 1111 of the imam Law of the Mate of New York, issued to Fe49lJni9![WIce.Qp» p y (Surety) Whet cerrNoab of clulanaltkvi evldendn9 the qualification of sold Company and Ile sufficiency under any law of the Mate of New York as meaty and guarantor, end the proprJ4y d and opprorkup• t as ouch and Mot such oertMloeEe has not been revoked , /,, °n/1jrkN.1 x%r' Nov Public t4Yeanoillubseent DONNAMARIE A KISSANE Notary Public, State of New York No. 01K16297783 Qualified in Nassau County Commission Expires March 3, 2010 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Form 15-10-0313A (Rev. 3/17) FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY STATEMENT OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS Statutory Basis DECEMBER 31, 2016 (in thousands of dollars) LIABILITIES AND ASSETS SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS Cash and Short Term Investments $ (86,990) Outstanding Losses and Loss Expenses $ 11,482,308 United States Government, State and Unearned Premiums 2,723,875 Municipal Bonds 8,135,311 Ceded Reinsurance Premiums Payable 566,868 Other Bonds 5,471,330 Provision for Reinsurance 29,339 Stocks 130,689 Other Liabilities 1,144,976 Other Invested Assets 1,289,903 TOTAL INVESTMENTS 14,940,243 TOTAL LIABILITIES 15,947,366 Investments in Affiliates: Chubb Investment Holdings, Inc. 3,727,406 Capital Stock 20,980 Pacific Indemnity Company 2,926,619 Paid -In Surplus 3,106,809 Executive Risk Indemnity Inc 1,250,965 Unassigned Funds 8,296,020 Great Northern Insurance Company 504,162 Vigilant Insurance Company 319,505 Chubb European Investment Holdings, SLP 277,361 SURPLUS TO POLICYHOLDERS 11,423,809 Chubb Custom Insurance Company 214,956 Chubb National Insurance Company 162,929 Chubb Indemnity Insurance Company 163,668 Other Affiliates 70,204 �1r '• Premiums Receivable 1,510,107 •,3W Other Assets 1,303,050 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SURPLUS 1,1, TOTAL ADMITTED ASSETS $ 27,371,175 TO POLICYHOLDERS$' 27;371,175 Investments are valued in accordance with requirements of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners At December 31, 2016, investments with a carrying value of $565,702,495 were deposited with government authoriti as required by law. State, County & City of New York, — ss: Dawn M. Chloros, Assistant Secretary of the Federal Insurance Company being duly sworn, deposes and says that the foregoing Statement of Assets, Liabilities and Surplus to Policyholders of said Federal Insurance Company on December 31, 2016 is true and correct and is a true abstract of the Annual Statement of said Company as filed with the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States for the 12 months ending December 31, 2016. Subscribed and sworn to before me this March 3, 2017. gym. at /' I JEANETTE SHIPSEY Assistant Secretary ! Notary Public, State of New York Notary Public No. 02SH5074142 Qualified in Nassau County Commission Expires March 10, 2019 Form 15-10-0313A (Rev. 3/17) SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this- day of , 0141-4 4 f , 2017 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and , of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this — day of 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and , a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do busi in of Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". Hess the State WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal PROJECT NO.: #16 -0032 -UT in the amount of $ 511,750.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 4 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $j,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 5 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Cal1Amyclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: SECTION V Page 6 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V —Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. j) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: W 4:t e-G-4N.t- William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: Gkeo`te rcr c\kk-of George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership, at - Attest: • Rosemarie Call City Clerk M M. Smit Assistant City Atto Company, or Poole & Kent Company of Florida Individual ( ntr tor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Patrick H. Carr QAC,at c,Arl� Title: President & CEO The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 7 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Engineering PROJECT NO.: #16 -0032 -UT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: f Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1 Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: Poole & Kent Company of Florida Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insertname of Surety]. [address] [address] on bond of Poole & Kent Company of Florida 1715 W. Lemon St. Tampa, FL 33606 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 8 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSALBID BOND • (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Poole & Kent Company of Florida 1715 W. Lemon Street; Tampa, FL 33606 as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, whose address is One Tower Square, Hartford, CT 06183 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of the Amount Bid Dollars ($10% of Amount Bid) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Poole & Kent Company of Florida as Contractor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America as Surety, for work specified as: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal Project No. 16 -0032 -UT all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X' Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual Signed this 6th day of September , 2017 Poole & Kent Company of Florida Contractor Principal Patrick H. Carr By: President & CEO Title Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Surety Camille Maitland, Attorney -In -Fact Non Resident License #W012268 The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and hi. where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind th Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 9 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Miami -Dade ) David A. Strickland , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of Poole & Kent Company of Florida a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 1781 NW North River Drive Miami Miami -Dade Florida (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Poole & Kent Company of Florida (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that Patrick H. Carr is President & CEO (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for City of Clearwater or said corporation by virtue of Written Consent of Sole Director dated November 3, 2016 (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Res _' :. . : • ..tion). Sworn to before me this 20th day of September SECTION V David A. Strickland, SVP & Assistant Secretary Affiant 20 17 . , Notary Public Christine Mendez Type/print/stamp name of Notary Executive Assistant - GG 037935 Title or rank, and Serial No., if any 1 ,1;+,- CHRISTINE MENDEZ •..a: MY COMMISSION # GG 037935 N.EXPIRES: October 31, 2020 %,;;,o; ,,ac Bonded Thru Notary Public Underwriters bHH.• • r 411 ► ""r +r Page 10 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF Miami -Dade ) Patrick H. Carr being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President & CEO of Poole & Kent Company of Florida the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agreof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 20th day SECTION V Affiant Patrick H. Carr, President & CEO tember ,20 17 . Notary Public Christine CHRISTINE MENDEZ MY COMMISSION # GG 037935 EXPIRES: OctoberPublic Undervrtiters Bonded Thru Notary Page 11 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal #16 -0032 -UT and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal #16 -0032 -UT Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 12 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on "Bid Bond" Bank, for the sum of ten percent (10%) of total bid amount (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: See attached Signature of Bidder: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Patrick H. Carr By: �•-•�—� Patrick H. Carr Company Legal Name: Poole & Kent Company of Florida Title: President & CEO Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 1715 W. Lemon Street City and State: Tampa, Florida Zip Code 33606 Phone: 813-251-2438 Email Address: daveb@pkflorida.com Dated at Miami -Dade , this 20th day of September , A.D., 2017. SECTION V Page 13 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal #16 -0032 -UT Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 9/01/2017 Addendum No. 2 Date: 9/7/2017 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: SECTION V Poole & Kent Company of Florida (Name of Bidder) ' -P,,,,c„,____ (Signature of Officer) President & CEO (Title of Officer) September 20, 2017 (Date) Page 14 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal #16 -0032 -UT CONTRACTOR: Poole & Kent Company of Florida BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ ifumers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: fcK a tn,sc ri , ✓Vc i-1` F % % - t i', - � __ - - . ,`�' , (Words) kL Ce Le zt c JL -5 efi b- * QN-1 h w aIy e4- REVERSE 4 REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL ITEM# BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT BID PRICE AMOUNT 1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION AND GENERAL LS 1 )5I V o• $ :zSOpp' $ 2 DEMOLITION LS 1 (siUoo $ (S Oou-- $ 3 SITEWORK LS 1 S( Ovo$ Si 00v — $ 4 PIPINGANDAPPURTANCES /4549 4.6-& LS — $ 5 PUMP MODIFICATIONS LS J 1,j 21.,-90- $ 2i e -r-° _ $ 6 CHEMICAL FEED/INJECTION SYSTEM LS 1 /S Ouu—$ (S a 6 o — $ 7 TEMPORARY BYPASS PIPING AND PUMPING LS 1 6,1 OOt/ $ C of u o o- $ 8 ELECTRICAL LS 1 too, 00' $ /do/ 0G 0 $ 9 INSTRUMENTATION LS 1 NUM) $ ?S 000 $ SUBTOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 9 1(-- ti 5-, tr,-„i' +acs'tt (ino - $1 6b' 10 CONTINGENCY- 15% LS 1 (p6 75'4 j = $9:d6 TOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 10 �/ /, 7 Su— $960' TOTAL CONTRACT S4 /. 7 (r -' 173. ,02/4190-173. THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. SECTION V Page 15 of 16 Updated: 2/6/2017 3 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Miami -Dade Authorized Signature Patrick H Carr Printed Name President & CEO Title Poole & Kent Company of Florida Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 20th day of September 20 17 , by Patrick H. Carr as the President & CEO (title) of Poole & corporation/entity), personally known to me as descri n/a (type of identification) (name of person whose signature is being notarized) ompany of Flo ida (name of personally nown , or produced a tionand /did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: October 31, 2020 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Notary Public Christine Mendez Printed Name Page 16 of 16 CHRISTINE MENDEZ MY COMMISSION # GG 037935 EXPIRES: October 31, 2020 Bonded Thai Notary Public UndenNriters Updated: 2/6/2017 CERTIFICATE OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF POOLE & KENT COMPANY OF FLORIDA The undersigned, David A. Strickland, certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Assistant Secretary of Poole & Kent Company of Florida, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware with a business address of 1781 N. W. North River Drive, Miami, FL 33125 and that as Secretary, he is the keeper of the corporate records and seal of said Corporation. The undersigned further certifies: 1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, correct and complete copy of resolutions adopted upon written consent of the sole director of this Corporation dated as of September 15, 2017; and said resolutions do not contravene any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of said Corporation, and have not been rescinded or modified in any respect but still remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 15th day of September, 2017. David A/S'f ic'kland, Assistant Secretary Poole & Kent Company of Florida, a Delaware Corporation 1781 N. W. North River Drive, Miami, FL 33125 EXHIBIT A RESOLVED, that Patrick H. Carr the duly elected President and Chief Executive Officer, Brian D. MacClugage the duly elected Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary and David B. BuShea the duly elected Vice President of the Company, be and each hereby are, authorized, empowered and directed to execute and submit a bid and all related bonds, agreements and contract documents related to the City of Clearwater, FL - Reverse Osmosis WTP #1 Blend Tank Removal (Project No. 16 -0032 -UT) and such other instruments in writing as may be necessary on behalf of the said Corporation, and that the Contract, Bond and other such instruments signed by him shall be binding upon the said Corporation as its own acts and deeds. TRAVELERSJ Attorney -In Fact No. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company 231618 St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. 007275612 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casualty Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Thomas Bean, Rita Sagistano, Gerard S. Macholz, Susan Lupski, Robert T. Pearson, Camille Maitland, George O. Brewster, Colette R. Chisholm, Vincent A. Walsh, Lee Ferrucci, Desiree Cardlin, Nelly Renchiwich, Mia Woo -Warren, Michelle Wannamaker, and Dana Granice of the City of Uniondale , State of New York , their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 20th day of June 2017 State of Connecticut City of Hartford ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company By: Robert L. Raney, Senior Vice President On this the 20th day of June 2017 before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021. 58440-5-16 Printed in U.S.A. V\.(ift.AA C . �. rtiea Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this 6th day of September , 20 17, G-* Kevin E. Hughes, Assistant Sec tary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at www.travelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above-named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. <t3 WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA HARTFORD, CT. 06183 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT JUSTIFICATION Florida PRINCIPAL'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT --IFA CORPORATION state ot-Awyck C,ou ty of Miami -Dade t„. On this 20th day of September 20 17 bcforcmepersonalty appear td Patrick H. Carr to me known. whc �being by me dely sworn, deposes and says: That he/she resides in the City of MMiami that he/sheisthe President & CEO of Poole & corporation described in and which executed the within instrument that he/she knows the seal of said corporation; that seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name th PRINCIPAL'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT ---IF INDIVIDUAL State of New York, County of ) ss. Kent'Company of Flp da to s ins . meat `. such corporate seal obyl'- .r$ CHRISTINE MENDEZ MY COMMISSION # GG 03 .35 EXPIRES: October 31, 20 Bonded Thru Notary Public Underwriters On this day of , 20 , before me personally appeared to me known to be (the individual) (one of the fun of ) described in and who executed the within instrument, and he/she thereupon duly acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same (as the act and deed of said firm). State ofNew York, County of Nassau SURETY COMPANY'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT ) as On this 6th day of September , 2017 before me personally appeared Camille Maitland , to Me known. wbo, being by me duly sworn. did depose and say: That he/he resides in %)O(1)Ot Kings County, New York that he/she is Attorney -in -Fact of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, the corporation described in and which executed the within Instrument; that he/she knows the corporate seal of said Company; that the scat eased to said instrument is such corporate seal, and that he/she signed said instrument as Attorney-in•Faet by authority of the Board of Directors of said Company; and affiant did father depose and say that the Superintendent dlnsurance of the State ofNew York has, pursuant to Chapter 882 of the Laws of the State of New York for the year 1939, constituting chapter 28 of the Consolidating Laws of the State of New York as the Insurance Law as amended, Issued to TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA tris/her certificate that said Company is qualified to become and be accepted as surety or guarantor on all bonds, undertakings, recognizanccs, guaranties, and other oblige required or permitted by kw; and tJtat such certificate has not been revoked. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Hartford, Connecticut 06183 FINANCIAL STATEMENT AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016 AS FILED WITH THE INSURANCE DEPT. OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK CAPITAL STOCKS 8,480,000 oto y Public DONNAMARIE A KISSANE Notary Public, State of New York No. 01 KI6297783 Qualified in Nassau County Commission Expires March 3, 2018 ASSETS LIABILITIES & SURPLUS CASH AND INVESTED CASH BONDS STOCKS INVESTMENT INCOME DUE AND ACCRUED OTHER INVESTED ASSETS PREMIUM BALANCES NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET ROOINSURANCERECOVERABLE SECURITIES LENDING REJMIESTED COLLATERAL ASSa't5 RECEIVABLES FROM PARENT. SUBS1DLARIESAND AFFILIATES ASSUMED RENSJRANCE RECEIVABLE AND PAYABLE OTHER ASSETS TOTAL ASSETS $ 23,923,643 3,472.087,233 321,318,705 42,009.894 3,108,073 217,t81,397 09,571,908 23,137,619 6,917,616 9,661,930 693,147 8,199,678 S 4,195,751.503 UNEARNED PREMIUMS LOSSES LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES COMMISSIONS TAXES, UCENSES AND FEES OTHER EVENSES CURRENT FEDERAL AND FOREIGN INCOME TAXES REMITTANCES AND ITEMS NOT ALLOCATED AMOUNTS WTTHNELD I RETAINED BY COMPANY FOR OTHERS RETROACTIVE REINSURANCE RESERVE ASSUMED POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS PROVISION FOR REINSURANCE ADVANCE PREMIUM PAYAME FOR SECURITIES PAYABLE FOR SEAS LENDING. CEDED REINSURANCE NET PREMIUMS PAYABLE REPISURMICE PAYABLE ON PMD LOSSES &LOSS ADJ. EXPENSES OTI VER ACCRUED EXPENSES AND LIABIUTIES TOTAL LIABILITIES - CAPITAL STOCK PAID IN SURPLUS OTHER SURPLUS TOTAL SURPLUS TO POUCYHOLDERS 5 879,381,216 758,091,002 224,272,289 39,769.777 13,575,052 42,557,948 11,351,548 9,443,140 73,897,600 977,976 9,082,802 3,555,000 1.766,267 3.948,186 8,917,516 28,816.735 688,744 1,349,281 $ 2.107562,219 TOTAL LIABILITIES &SURPLUS Secunles carried at x,654,005 in the above statement are deposited with pub8c authorities, as required by law. $ 6,480,000 433,803,760 1,647.905,524 .6 2.088,164,254 S ,195,751,503 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A^^ �® SVR CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDD/YYYY) 10119/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER "'MARSH USA INC 1166 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS NEW YORK, NY 10036 Phone: 866-966-4664 Emcor.Certrequest@marsh.com / Fax: 203-229-6787 299174 -POO -COM -17-18 17706 JT CONTACT PHON: (NC. Oo. Ext): FAX Noll E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A : Continental Casualty Company 20443 INSURED POOLE & KENT COMPANY OF FLORIDA 1715 LEMON STREET TAMPA, FL 33606INSURER INSURER B : American Casualty Company Of Reading, Pa 20427 INSURER C : Transportation Insurance Co 20494 D : Continental Insurance Company 35289 INSURER E : $ 1,000,000 INSURER F : CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC -010147541-02 REVISION NUMBER: 3 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/DDIYYYY) POLICY EXP tMMIDD/YYYY1 LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABILITY GL 6049702453 10/01/2017 10/01/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 DAMAGE TO PREMISES (EaENTED occurrence) $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 25,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 6,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: X LIMITAPPLIES JECT PER: LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 14,000.000 A AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY HIRED AUTOS ONLY x SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY BUA 6049702436 10/01/2017 10/01/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 2,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ Auto Physical Damage $ Included D X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE CUE6050250605 10/01/2017 10/01/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ DED X RETENTION $10,000 B B C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFF CEORIMEMBEREXCLUDED? ECUTIVE (Mandatory In NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N N / A WC 6 50232850 (AOS) WC 6 50145496 (CA) WC 6 50234842 (AZ, OR, WI) 10/01/2017 10/01/2017 10/01/2017 10/01/2018 10/01/2018 10/01/2018 X PER STATUTE OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) RE: 17706 - REVERSE OSMOSIS WTP #1 BLEND TANK REMOVAL - PROJECT NO. 16 -0032 -UT ADDITIONAL INSURED UNDER ALL POLICIES (EXCEPT WORKERS COMPENSATION & EMPLOYERS LIABILITY) WHERE REQUIRED BY CONTRACT: CITY OF CLEARWATER WHERE REQUIRED BY CONTRACT, COVERAGE PROVIDED TO THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS IS PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT AND WHERE NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY IS INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM. CANCELLATION CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION OFFICE SPECIALIST P.O. BOX 4748 CLEARWATER, FL 33758-4748 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE of Marsh USA Inc. Manashi Mukherjee _ ta. t9.e.►.R . .tcjwyr<:x-. ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ADDENDUM NO. 1 for RO WTP#1 Blend Tank Removal Clearwater, Florida Project Number 16 -0032 -UT DATE: September 1, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: As requested in the pre-bid meeting held on August 23, 2017, an Excel version of the Bidder's Proposal is added for your convenience. Only one version of the Bidder's Proposal is needed to bid on this project. The Bidder may use the PDF version which is in Section V of specifications for this project or the Excel version which is attached. If the bidder chooses to use the Excel version of the Bidders Proposal: ■ Click on "enable editing" to open the spreadsheet. ■ The Excel version has hidden formulas to assist the bidder in the calculations and is password protected; the bidder will only be able to type in the areas highlighted in yellow. ■ The Excel spreadsheet will automatically calculate the amount (column F), the subtotal (Row 21), contingency (Row 22) Total Items (Row 23) and Total Contract (Row 25). The bidder is to only type in the Unit Bid Amount up to the Subtotal line and fill out the top section. ■ As with all Bidder's Proposal, this needs to be filled out in it's entirety. ■ After completion of the Bidder's Proposal, print it and include it in your Bid Package. END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager ADDENDUM NO. 2 for RO WTP#1 Blend Tank Removal Clearwater, Florida Project Number 16 -0032 -UT DATE: September 7, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 TO: Prospective Bidders who attended the Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: The Bid Opening for this project has been postponed due to Hurricane Irma. The new date will be Wednesday, September 20, 2017 at 1pm in the 3rd Floor Conference Room in the Municipal Service Building located at 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756. END OF ADDENDUM #2 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Horne, II City Manager